saa6d140e-2 series.pdf
TRANSCRIPT
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 1/369
SEBM0086
DIESEL ENGINE
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 2/369
Contents
No. of page
01 General .......................................................................................................................... 01-1
11 Structure and function...................................................................................... 11-1
12 Testing and adjusting........................................................................................ 12-1
13 Disassembly and assembly .......................................................................... 13-1
14 Maintenance standard.........................................................................................14-1
15 Repair and replacement of parts.............................................................. 15-1
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 3/369
List of revised pages
The affected pages are indicated by the use of the
following marks. It is requested that necessary
actions be taken to these pages according to the
table below.
Pages having no marks are those previously revised
or made additions.
List of revised pages
Mark Indication Action required
Q Page to be newly added Add
q Page to be replaced Replace
( ) Page to be deleted Discard
Mark Page Time of
revision Mark Page
Time of
revision Mark Page
Time of
revision Mark Page
Time of
revision Mark Page
Time of
revision
q 00-1 (11) 01-2 (10) 01-32 (10) 11-17 (10) 11-50 (10)
00-2 (10) 01-3 (10) 01-33 (10) 11-18 (10) 11-51 (10)
q 00-2-1 (11) 01-4 (10) 01-34 (10) 11-19 (10) 11-52 (10)
q 00-2-2 (11) 01-5 (10) 01-35 (10) 11-20 (10) 11-53 (10)
q 00-2-3 (11) 01-6 (10) 01-36 (10) 11-21 (10) 11-54 (10)
00-3 01-7 (10) 01-37 (10) 11-22 (10) 11-55 (10)
00-4 01-8 (10) 01-38 (10) 11-24 (10) 11-56 (10)
00-5 01-9 (10) 01-39 (10) 11-25 (10) 11-57 (10)00-6 01-10 (10) 01-40 (10) 11-26 (10) 11-58 (10)
00-7 01-11 (10) 01-41 (10) 11-27 (10) 11-59 (10)
00-8 01-12 (10) 01-42 (10) 11-28 (10) 11-60 (10)
00-9 01-13 (10) 11-29 (10) 11-61 (10)
00-10 01-14 (10) 11-1 (10) 11-30 (10) 11-62 (10)
00-11 01-15 (10) 11-2 (10) 11-32 (10) 11-63 (10)
00-12 01-16 (10) 11-3 (10) 11-33 (10) 11-64 (10)
00-13 01-18 (10) 11-4 (10) 11-34 (10) 11-65 (10)
00-14 01-19 (10) 11-5 (10) 11-36 (10) 11-66 (10)
00-15 01-20 (10) 11-6 (10) 11-38 (10) 11-67 (10)
00-16 01-21 (10) 11-7 (10) 11-39 (10) 11-68 (10)
00-17 01-22 (10) 11-8 (10) 11-40 (10) 11-70 (10)
00-18 01-23 (10) 11-9 (10) 11-41 (10) 11-71 (10)
00-19 01-24 (10) 11-10 (10) 11-42 (10) 11-72 (10)
00-20 01-25 (10) 11-11 (10) 11-43 (10) 11-73 (10)
00-21 01-26 (10) 11-12 (10) 11-44 (10) 11-74 (10)
00-22 01-28 (10) 11-13 (10) 11-45 (10) 11-75 (10)
01-29 (10) 11-14 (10) 11-46 (10) 11-76 (10)
01-30 (10) 11-15 (10) 11-48 (10) 11-77 (10)
01-1 (10) 01-31 (10) 11-16 (10) 11-49 (10) 11-78 (10)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 4/369
List of revised pages
Mark Page Time of
revision Mark Page
Time of
revision Mark Page
Time of
revision Mark Page
Time of
revision Mark Page
Time of
revision
11-79 (10) 12-11 (10) 12-55 (10) 13-21 (2) 14-7 (10)
11-80 (10) 12-12 (10) 12-56 (10) 13-22 (2) 14-8 (10)
11-81 (10) 12-13 (10) 12-57 (10) 13-23 (4) 14-9 (10)
11-82 (10) 12-14 (10) 12-58 (10) 13-24 (4) 14-10 (10)
11-83 (10) 12-15 (10) 12-59 (10) 13-25 (4) 14-11 (10)
11-84 (10) 12-16 (10) 12-60 (10) 13-26 (2) 14-12 (10)
11-85 (10) 12-17 (10) 12-61 (10) 13-27 (4) 14-13 (10)
11-86 (10) 12-18 (10) 12-62 (10) 13-28 (4) 14-14 (10)
11-88 (10) 12-19 (10) 12-63 (10) 13-29 (4) 14-16 (10)
11-89 (10) 12-20 (10) 12-65 (10) 13-30 (2) 14-18 (10)
11-90 (10) 12-21 (10) 12-66 (10) 13-31 (2) 14-19 (10)
11-91 (10) 12-22 (10) 12-67 (10) 13-32 (2) 14-20 (10)
11-92 (10) 12-23 (10) 12-68 (10) 13-33 (2) 14-21 (10)
11-93 (10) 12-24 (10) 12-69 (10) 13-34 (2) 14-22 (10)
11-94 (10) 12-25 (10) 12-70 (10) 13-35 (2) 14-23 (10)
11-95 (10) 12-26 (10) 12-71 (10) 13-36 (4) 14-24 (10)
11-96 (10) 12-27 (10) 12-72 (10) 13-37 (4) 14-25 (10)
11-97 (10) 12-28 (10) 12-73 (10) 13-38 (2) 14-26 (10)
11-98 (10) 12-29 (10) 12-74 (10) 13-39 (2) 14-27 (10)
11-99 (10) 12-30 (10) 12-75 (10) 13-40 (2) 14-28 (10)
11-100 (10) 12-32 (10) 13-41 (2) 14-29 (10)
11-102 (10) 12-33 (10) 13-42 (2) 14-30 (10)
11-103 (10) 12-34 (10) 13-1 (2) 13-43 (2) 14-31 (10)
11-104 (10) 12-35 (10) 13-2 (2) 13-44 (2)
11-105 (10) 12-36 (10) 13-3 (2) 13-45 (2)
11-106 (10) 12-37 (10) 13-4 (2) 13-46 (2) 15-1 (10)
11-107 (10) 12-38 (10) 13-5 (2) 13-47 (2) 15-2 (10)
11-108 (10) 12-39 (10) 13-6 (2) 13-48 (2) 15-3 (10)
11-109 (10) 12-41 (10) 13-7 (2) 13-49 (2) 15-4 (10)
11-110 (10) 12-42 (10) 13-8 (2) 13-50 (2) 15-5 (10)
12-43 (10) 13-9 (2) 13-51 (2) 15-6 (10)
12-44 (10) 13-10 (2) 13-52 (2) 15-7 (10)
12-1 (10) 12-45 (10) 13-11 (2) 13-53 (2) 15-8 (10)
12-2 (10) 12-46 (10) 13-12 (2) 13-54 (2) 15-9 (10)
12-3 (10) 12-47 (10) 13-13 (2) 15-10 (10)
12-4 (10) 12-48 (10) 13-14 (2) 15-11 (10)
12-5 (10) 12-49 (10) 13-15 (2) 14-1 (10) 15-12 (10)
12-6 (10) 12-50 (10) 13-16 (2) q 14-2 (11) 15-13 (10)
12-7 (10) 12-51 (10) 13-17 (2) q 14-3 (11) 15-14 (10)
12-8 (10) 12-52 (10) 13-18 (4) q
14-4 (11) 15-15 (10)12-9 (10) 12-53 (10) 13-19 (2) q 14-5 (11) 15-16 (10)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 5/369
List of revised pages
Mark Page Time of
revision Mark Page
Time of
revision Mark Page
Time of
revision Mark Page
Time of
revision Mark Page
Time of
revision
15-18 (10)
15-19 (10)
15-20 (10)
15-21 (10)
15-22 (10)
15-23 (10)
15-24 (10)
15-25 (10)
15-26 (10)
15-27 (10)
15-28 (10)
15-29 (10)
15-31 (10)
15-31 (10)
15-32 (10)
15-33 (10)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 6/369
Safety Safety notice
SafetySafety notice
General precautions
Mistakes in operation are extremely dangerous.
Read the Operation and Maintenance Manual care-
fully BEFORE operating the machine.
1. Before carrying out any greasing or repairs, read
all the precautions given on the decals which
are fixed to the machine.
2. When carrying out any operation, always wear
safety shoes and helmet. Do not wear loose
work clothes, or clothes with buttons missing.
• Always wear safety glasses when hitting
parts with a hammer.
• Always wear safety glasses when grinding
parts with a grinder, etc.
3. If welding repairs are needed, always have a
trained, experienced welder carry out the work.
When carrying out welding work, always wear
welding gloves, apron, hand shield, cap and
other clothes suited for welding work.
4. When carrying out any operation with two or more workers, always agree on the operating
procedure before starting. Always inform your
fellow workers before starting any step of the
operation. Before starting work, hang UNDER
REPAIR signs on the controls in the operator's
compartment.
5. Keep all tools in good condition and learn the
correct way to use them.
6. Decide a place in the repair workshop to keep
tools and removed parts. Always keep the tools
and parts in their correct places. Always keep
the work area clean and make sure that there is
no dirt or oil on the floor. Smoke only in the
areas provided for smoking. Never smoke while
working.
Preparations for work
7. Before adding oil or making any repairs, park
the machine on hard, level ground, and block
the wheels or tracks to prevent the machine
from moving.
8. Before starting work, lower blade, ripper, bucket
or any other work equipment to the ground. If
this is not possible, insert the safety pin or use
blocks to prevent the work equipment from fall-
ing. In addition, be sure to lock all the control
levers and hang warning signs on them.
9. When disassembling or assembling, support the
machine with blocks, jacks or stands beforestarting work.
10. Remove all mud and oil from the steps or other
places used to get on and off the machine.
Always use the handrails, ladders or steps when
getting on or off the machine. Never jump on or
off the machine. If it is impossible to use the
handrails, ladders or steps, use a stand to pro-
vide safe footing.
Important safety notice
Proper service and repair is extremely important for safe machine operation. The service and repair
techniques recommended by Komatsu and described in this manual are both effective and safe.
Some of these techniques require the use of tools specially designed by Komatsu for the specific
purpose.
To prevent injury to workers, the symbolk is used to mark safety precautions in this manual. The
cautions accompanying these symbols should always be followed carefully. If any dangerous situa-
tion arises or may possibly arise, first consider safety, and take the necessary actions to deal with the
situation.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 7/369
Safety Safety notice
Precautions during work
11. When removing the oil filler cap, drain plug or
hydraulic pressure measuring plugs, loosen
them slowly to prevent the oil from spurting out.
Before disconnecting or removing components
of the oil, water or air circuits, first remove thepressure completely from the circuit.
12. The water and oil in the circuits are hot when the
engine is stopped, so be careful not to get
burned.
Wait for the oil and water to cool before carrying
out any work on the oil or water circuits.
13. Before starting work, remove the leads from the
battery. Always remove the lead from the nega-
tive (–) terminal first.
14. When raising heavy components, use a hoist or
crane.
Check that the wire rope, chains and hooks are
free from damage.
Always use lifting equipment which has ample
capacity.
Install the lifting equipment at the correct places.
Use a hoist or crane and operate slowly to pre-
vent the component from hitting any other part.
Do not work with any part still raised by the hoist
or crane.
15. When removing covers which are under internalpressure or under pressure from a spring,
always leave two bolts in position on opposite
sides. Slowly release the pressure, then slowly
loosen the bolts to remove.
16. When removing components, be careful not to
break or damage the wiring. Damaged wiring
may cause electrical fires.
17. When removing piping, stop the fuel or oil from
spilling out. If any fuel or oil drips onto the floor,
wipe it up immediately. Fuel or oil on the floor can cause you to slip, or can even start fires.
18. As a general rule, do not use gasoline to wash
parts. In particular, use only the minimum of gas-
oline when washing electrical parts.
19. Be sure to assemble all parts again in their origi-
nal places.
Replace any damaged parts with new parts.
• When installing hoses and wires, be sure
that they will not be damaged by contact with
other parts when the machine is being
operated.
20. When installing high pressure hoses, make sure
that they are not twisted. Damaged tubes are
dangerous, so be extremely careful when install-
ing tubes for high pressure circuits. Also, check
that connecting parts are correctly installed.
21. When assembling or installing parts, always use
the specified tightening torques. When installing
protective parts such as guards, or parts which
vibrate violently or rotate at high speed, be par-
ticularly careful to check that they are installedcorrectly.
22. When aligning two holes, never insert your fin-
gers or hand. Be careful not to get your fingers
caught in a hole.
23. When measuring hydraulic pressure, check that
the measuring tool is correctly assembled
before taking any measurements.
24. Take care when removing or installing the tracks
of track-type machines.
When removing the track, the track separates
suddenly, so never let anyone stand at either
end of the track.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 8/369
Foreword General
ForewordGeneral
This shop manual has been prepared as an aid to improve the quality of repairs by giving the serviceman an
accurate understanding of the product and by showing him the correct way to perform repairs and make judge-ments. Make sure you understand the contents of this manual and use it to full effect at every opportunity.
This shop manual mainly contains the necessary technical information for operations performed in a service
workshop. For ease of understanding, the manual is divided into the following chapters; these chapters are fur-
ther divided into the each main group of components.
Structure and function
This section explains the structure and function of each component. It serves not only to give an under-
standing of the structure, but also serves as reference material for troubleshooting.
In addition, this section may contain hydraulic circuit diagrams, electric circuit diagrams, and mainte-
nance standards.
Testing and adjusting
This section explains checks to be made before and after performing repairs, as well as adjustments to
be made at completion of the checks and repairs.
Troubleshooting charts correlating “Problems” with “Causes” are also included in this section.
Disassembly and assembly
This section explains the procedures for removing, installing, disassembling and assembling each com-
ponent, as well as precautions for them.
Maintenance standard
This section gives the judgment standards for inspection of disassembled parts.
The contents of this section may be described in “Structure and function”.
Others
This section mainly gives hydraulic circuit diagrams and electric circuit diagrams.
In addition, this section may give the specifications of attachments and options together.
Notice
The specifications contained in this shop manual are subject to change at any time and without any
advance notice. Use the specifications given in the book with the latest date.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 9/369
Foreword General
How to read the shop manual
Volumes
Shop manuals are issued as a guide to carrying out
repairs. They are divided as follows:
Chassis volume: Issued for every machine modelEngine volume: Issued for each engine series
These various volumes are designed to avoid dupli-
cating the same information. Therefore, to deal with
all repairs for any model , it is necessary that chas-
sis, engine, electrical and attachment volumes be
available.
Distribution and updating
Any additions, amendments or other changes will be
sent to KOMATSU distributors. Get the most up-to-
date information before you start any work.
Filing method
1. See the page number on the bottom of the page.
File the pages in correct order.
2. Following examples show how to read the page
number.
Example 1 (Chassis volume):
Example 2 (Engine volume):
3. Additional pages: Additional pages are indi-
cated by a hyphen (–) and number after the
page number. File as in the example.
Example:
Revised edition mark
When a manual is rev ised, an edi t ion mark
((1)(2)(3)....) is recorded on the bottom of the pages.
Revisions
Revised pages are shown in the List of revisedpages next to the Contents page.
Symbols
So that the shop manual can be of ample practical
use, important safety and quality portions are
marked with the following symbols.
Electrical volume:
Attachments volume:
Each issued as one
volume to cover all
models
10 - 3
Item number
(10. Structure and Function)
Consecutive page number for
each item.
12 - 5
Unit number (1. Engine)
Item number
(2. Testing and Adjusting)
Consecutive page number for
each item.
10-4
Added pages
20-203
10-4-1 12-203-1
10-4-2 12-203-2
Symbol Item Remarks
k Safety
Special safety precautions
are necessary whenperforming the work.
a Caution
Special technical
precautions or other
precautions for preserving
standards are necessary
when performing the work.
4 Weight
Weight of parts of systems.
Caution necessary when
selecting hoisting wire, or
when working posture is
important, etc.
3Tightening
torque
Places that require special
attention for the tightening
torque during assembly.
2 Coat
Places to be coated with
adhesives and lubricants,
etc.
5 Oil, water
Places where oil, water or
fuel must be added, and
the capacity.
6 Drain
Places where oil or water
must be drained, andquantity to be drained.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 10/369
Foreword Hoisting instructions
Hoisting instructions
Hoisting
• If a part cannot be smoothly removed from the
machine by hoisting, the following checks should
be made:
1) Check for removal of all bolts fastening the
part to the relative parts.
2) Check for existence of another part causing
interference with the part to be removed.
Wire ropes
1) Use adequate ropes depending on the
weight of parts to be hoisted, referring to the
table below:
a The allowable load value is estimated to be
one-sixth or one-seventh of the breaking
strength of the rope used.
2) Sling wire ropes from the middle portion of
the hook.
Slinging near the edge of the hook may
cause the rope to slip off the hook during
hoisting, and a serious accident can result.Hooks have maximum strength at the mid-
dle portion.
3) Do not sling a heavy load with one rope
alone, but sling with two or more ropessymmetrically wound onto the load.
k Slinging with one rope may cause
turning of the load during hoisting,
untwisting of the rope, or slipping of the
rope from its original winding position on
the load, which can result in a dangerous
accident.
4) Do not sling a heavy load with ropes forming
a wide hanging angle from the hook.
When hoisting a load with two or more
ropes, the force subjected to each rope will
increase with the hanging angles. The table
below shows the variation of allowable load
kN {kg} when hoisting is made with two
ropes, each of which is allowed to sling up
to 9.8 kN {1000 kg} vertically, at various
hanging angles.
When two ropes sling a load vertically, up to
19.6 kN {2000 kg} of total weight can be
suspended. This weight becomes 9.8 kN
{1000 kg} when two ropes make a 120?
hanging angle. On the other hand, two
ropes are subjected to an excessive forceas large as 39.2 kN {4000 kg} if they sling a
19.6 kN {2000 kg} load at a lifting angle of
150°.
k Heavy parts (25 kg or more) must be lifted
with a hoist, etc. In the Disassembly andassembly section, every part weighing 25
kg or more is indicated clearly with the
symbol
Wire ropes
(Standard “Z” or “S” twist ropes
without galvanizing)
Rope diameter Allowable load
mm kN tons
10
11.5
12.5
14
16
18
20
22.4
30
40
50
60
9.8
13.7
15.7
21.6
27.5
35.3
43.1
54.9
98.1
176.5
274.6
392.2
1.0
1.4
1.6
2.2
2.8
3.6
4.4
5.6
10.0
18.0
28.0
40.0
4
SAD00479
41%71%79%88%100%
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 11/369
Foreword Method of disassembling, connecting push-pull type coupler
Method of disassembling, connecting push-pull type coupler
k Before carrying out the following work, release
the residual pressure from the hydraulic tank.
For details, see “Testing and adjusting”,
Releasing residual pressure from hydraulic tank.
k Even if the residual pressure is released from
the hydraulic tank, some hydraulic oil flows out
when the hose is disconnected. Accordingly,
prepare an oil receiving container.
Disconnection
1) Release the residual pressure from the
hydraulic tank. For details, see “Testing and
adjusting”, Releasing residual pressure from
hydraulic tank.
2) Hold adapter (1) and push hose joint (2) into
mating adapter (3). (See Fig. 1)
a The adapter can be pushed in about 3.5 mm.
a Do not hold rubber cap portion (4).
3) After hose joint (2) is pushed into adapter (3),
press rubber cap portion (4) against (3) until it
clicks. (See Fig. 2)
4) Hold hose adapter (1) or hose (5) and pull it out.
(See Fig. 3)
a Since some hydraulic oil flows out, prepare
an oil receiving container.
Connection
1) Hold hose adapter (1) or hose (5) and insert it in
mating adapter (3), aligning them with each
other. (See Fig. 4)
a Do not hold rubber cap portion (4).
2) After inserting the hose in the mating adapter
perfectly, pull it back to check its connecting
condition. (See Fig. 5)
a When the hose is pulled back, the rubber cap
portion moves toward the hose about 3.5mm. This does not indicate abnormality,
however.
Type 1
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 12/369
Foreword Method of disassembling, connecting push-pull type coupler
Type 2 Type 3
D i s a s s e m b l y
1) Hold the mouthpiece of the tightening portion
and push body (2) in straight unti l sl iding
prevention ring (1) contacts contact surface a of
the hexagonal portion at the male end.
2) Hold in the condition in Step 1), and turn lever
(4) to the right (clockwise).
3) Hold in the condition in Steps 1) and 2), and pull
out whole body (2) to disconnect it.
1) Hold the mouthpiece of the tightening portion
and push body (2) in straight unti l sl iding
prevention ring (1) contacts contact surface a of
the hexagonal portion at the male end.
2) Hold in the condition in Step 1), and push until
cover (3) contacts contact surface a of thehexagonal portion at the male end.
3) Hold in the condition in Steps 1) and 2), and pull
out whole body (2) to disconnect it.
C o n n e c t i o n
• Hold the mouthpiece of the tightening portion and
push body (2) in straight until sliding prevention
ring (1) contacts contact surface a of the
hexagonal portion at the male end to connect it.
• Hold the mouthpiece of the tightening portion and
push body (2) in straight until sliding prevention
ring (1) contacts contact surface a of the
hexagonal portion at the male end to connect it.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 13/369
Foreword Coating materials
Coating materials
a The recommended coating materials such as adhesives, gasket sealants and greases used for disassembly
and assembly are listed below.
a For coating materials not listed below, use the equivalent of products shown in this list.
Category Komatsu code Part No. Q’ty Container Main applications, featuresr
Adhesives
LT-1A 790-129-9030 150 g Tube• Used to prevent rubber gaskets, rubber
cushions, and cock plug from coming out.
LT-1B 790-129-905020 g
(2 pcs.)Polyethylene
container
• Used in places requiring an immediatelyeffective, strong adhesive.Used for plastics (except polyethylene,polyprophylene, tetrafluoroethlene andvinyl chloride), rubber, metal and non-metal.
LT-2 09940-00030 50 gPolyethylene
container
• Features:Resistance to heat and chemicals
• Used for anti-loosening and sealant
purpose for bolts and plugs.
LT-3
790-129-9060(Set of adhesiveand hardening
agent)
Adhesive:1 kg
Hardeningagent:500 g
Can
• Used as adhesive or sealant for metal,glass and plastic.
LT-4 790-129-9040 250 gPolyethylene
container • Used as sealant for machined holes.
HoltzMH 705
790-126-9120 75 g Tube• Used as heat-resisting sealant for
repairing engine.
Three bond1735
790-129-9140 50 gPolyethylene
container
• Quick hardening type adhesive• Cure time: within 5 sec. to 3 min.• Used mainly for adhesion of metals,
rubbers, plastics and woods.
Aron-alpha201
790-129-9130 2 gPolyethylene
container
• Quick hardening type adhesive• Quick cure type
(max. strength after 30 minutes)• Used mainly for adhesion of rubbers,
plastics and metals.
Loctite648-50
79A-129-9110 50 ccPolyethylene
container
• Resistance to heat, chemicals• Used at joint portions subject to high
temperatures.
Gasketsealant
LG-1 790-129-9010 200 g Tube• Used as adhesive or sealant for gaskets
and packing of power train case, etc.
LG-5 790-129-9080 1 kg Can
• Used as sealant for various threads, pipe joints, flanges.
• Used as sealant for tapered plugs,
elbows, nipples of hydraulic piping.
LG-6 790-129-9020 200 g Tube
• Features: Silicon based, resistance toheat, cold
• Used as sealant for flange surface, tread.• Used as sealant for oil pan, final drive
case, etc.
LG-7 790-129-9070 1 g Tube
• Features: Silicon based, quick hardeningtype
• Used as sealant for flywheel housing,intake manifold, oil an, thermostathousing, etc.
Three bond1211
790-129-9090 100 g Tube• Used as heat-resisting sealant for
repairing engine.
Three bond1207B
419-15-18131 100 g Tube• Features: Silicone type, heat resistant,
vibration resistant, and impact resistantsealing material
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 14/369
Foreword Coating materials
Molybdenumdisulphide
lubricant
LM-G 09940-00051 60 g Can• Used as lubricant for sliding portion (to
prevent from squeaking).
LM-P 09940-00040 200 g Tube
• Used to prevent seizure or scuffling of the
thread when press fitting or shrink fitting.• Used as lubricant for linkage, bearings,etc.
Grease
G2-LI
SYG2-400LISYG2-350LISYG2-400LI-ASYG2-160LISYGA-160CNLI
Various Various
• General purpose type
G2-CA
SYG2-400CASYG2-350CASYG2-400CA-ASYG2-160CASYGA-160CNCA
Various Various
• Used for normal temperature, light loadbearing at places in contact with water orsteam.
Molybdenum
disulphidegreaseLM-G (G2-M)
SYG2-400MSYG2-400M-ASYGA-16CNM
400 g × 10400 g × 2016 kg
Bellows typeBellows typeCan
• Used for heavy load portion
Hyper WhiteGrease G2-TG0-T (*)*: For use in
cold district
SYG2-400T-ASYG2-16CNTSYG0-400T-A (*)SYG0-16CNT (*)
400 g16 kg
Bellows typeCan
• Seizure resistance and heat resistancehigher than molybdenum disulfide grease
• Since this grease is white, it does notstand out against machine body.
Biogrease G2BG2-BT (*)*: For high
temperatureand large load
SYG2-400BSYGA-16CNBSYG2-400BT (*)SYGA-16CNBT (*)
400 g16 kg
Bellows typeCan
• Since this grease is decomposed bybacteria in short period, it has less effectson microorganisms, animals, and plants.
Primer
SUNSTARPAINT PRIMER580 SUPER
417-926-3910
20 ml Glasscontainer
A d h e s i v e f o r c a b g l a s s
• Used as primer for cab side(Using limit: 4 months)
SUNSTARGLASS PRIMER580 SUPER
20 mlGlass
container
• Used as primer for glass side(Using limit: 4 months)
Adhesive
SUNSTARPENGUINESEAL 580SUPER “S” or“W”
320 mlPolyethylene
container
• “S” is used for high-temperatureseason (April - October) and “W” forlow-temperature season (November - April) as adhesive for glass.(Using limit: 4 months)
Sika Japan,Sikaflex 256HV
20Y-54-39850 310 mlPolyethylene
container • Used as adhesive for glass.
(Using limit: 6 months)
Caulkingmaterial
SUNSTAR
PENGUINESEAL No. 2505
417-926-3920 320 ml Polyethylenecontainer
• Used to seal joints of glass parts.
(Using limit: 4 months)
SEKISUISILICONESEALANT
20Y-54-55130 333 mlPolyethylene
container
• Used to seal front window.(Using limit: 6 months)
Category Komatsu code Part No. Q’ty Container Main applications, featuresr
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 15/369
Foreword Standard tightening torque
Standard tightening torque
Standard tightening torque table (when using torque wrench)
a In the case of metric nuts and bolts for which there is no special instruction, tighten to the torque given in the
table below.
Table of tightening torques for flared nuts
a In the case of flared nuts for which there is no
special instruction, tighten to the torque given inthe table below.
Thread diameter
of bolt
Width across
flats
Tightening torque
mm mm Nm kgm
6
8
10
12
14
10
13
17
19
22
11.8 – 14.7
27 – 34
59 – 74
98 – 123
153 – 190
1.2 – 1.5
2.8 – 3.5
6 – 7.5
10 – 12.5
15.5 – 19.5
16
18
2022
24
24
27
3032
36
235 – 285
320 – 400
455 – 565610 – 765
785 – 980
23.5 – 29.5
33 – 41
46.5 – 5862.5 – 78
80 – 100
27
30
33
36
39
41
46
50
55
60
1150 – 1440
1520 – 1910
1960 – 2450
2450 – 3040
2890 – 3630
118 – 147
155 – 195
200 – 250
250 – 310
295 – 370
Thread diameter
of bolt
Width across
flats
Tightening torque
mm mm Nm kgm
6
8
10
12
10
13
14
27
5.9 – 9.8
13.7 – 23.5
34.3 – 46.1
74.5 – 90.2
0.6 – 1.0
1.4 – 2.4
3.5 – 4.7
7.6 – 9.2
SAD00483
Sealing surface
Thread diameter Width across flats Tightening torque
mm mm Nm kgm
14
18
22
24
30
33
36
42
19
24
27
32
36
41
46
55
24.5 ± 4.9
49 ± 19.6
78.5 ± 19.6
137.3 ± 29.4
176.5 ± 29.4
196.1 ± 49
245.2 ± 49
294.2 ± 49
2.5 ± 0.5
5 ± 2
8 ± 2
14 ± 3
18 ± 3
20 ± 5
25 ± 5
30 ± 5
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 16/369
Foreword Standard tightening torque
Table of tightening torques for flared nuts
a In the case of flared nuts for which there is no special instruction, tighten to the torque given in the table
below.
Table of tightening torques for o-ring boss piping joints
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the O-ring boss piping joints to the torque below.
Table of tightening torques for o-ring boss plugs
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the O-ring boss plugs to the torque below.
Thread diameter Width across flats Tightening torque
mm mm Nm kgm
10
12
16
14
17
22
59 – 74
98 – 123
235 – 285
6 – 7.5
10 – 12.5
23.5 – 29.5
Norminal No.Thread diameter Width across flats Tightening torque
mm mm Nm kgm
02
03, 04
05, 06
10, 12
14
14
20
24
33
42
Varies depending
on type of
connector.
35 – 63 {3.5 – 6.5}
84 – 132 {8.5 – 13.5}
128 – 186 {13.0 – 19.0}
363 – 480 {37.0 – 49.0}
746 – 1010 {76.0 – 103}
44 {4.5}
103 {10.5}
157 {16.0}
422 {43.0}
883 {90.0}
Norminal No.
Thread diameter Width across flats Tightening torque
mm mm Nm kgm
08
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
33
36
4252
08
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
33
36
4252
14
17
19
22
24
27
30
32
32
—
36
——
5.88 – 8.82 {0.6 – 0.9}
9.8 – 12.74 {1.0 – 1.3}
14.7 – 19.6 {1.5 – 2.0}
19.6 – 24.5 {2.0 – 2.5}
24.5 – 34.3 {2.5 – 3.5}
34.3 – 44.1 {3.5 – 4.5}
44.1 – 53.9 {4.5 – 5.5}
58.8 – 78.4 {6.0 – 8.0}
93.1 – 122.5 {9.5 – 12.5}
107.8 – 147.0 {11.0 – 15.0}
127.4 – 176.4 {13.0 – 18.0}
181.3 – 240.1 {18.5 – 24.5}274.4 – 367.5 {28.0 – 37.5}
7.35 {0.75}
11.27 {1.15}
17.64 {1.8}
22.54 {2.3}
29.4 {3.0}
39.2 {4.0}
49.0 {5.0}
68.6 {7.0}
107.8 {11.0}
124.4 {13.0}
151.9 {15.5}
210.7 {21.5}323.4 {33.0}
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 17/369
Foreword Standard tightening torque
Tightening torque for 102 engine series
1) Bolt and nuts
Use these torques for bolts and nuts (unit: mm) of Cummins Engine.
2) Eye joints
Use these torques for eye joints (unit: mm) of Cummins Engine.
3) Tapered screws
Use these torques for tapered screws (unit: inch) of Cummins Engine.
Tightening torque table for hoses (taper seal type and face seal type)
a Tighten the hoses (taper seal type and face seal type) to the following torque, unless otherwise specified.
a Apply the following torque when the threads are coated (wet) with engine oil.
Thread diameter Tightening torque
mm Nm kgm
6
8
10
12
10 ± 2
24 ± 4
43 ± 6
77 ± 12
1.02 ± 0.20
2.45 ± 0.41
4.38 ± 0.61
7.85 ± 1.22
Thread diameter Tightening torque
mm Nm kgm
6
8
1012
14
8 ± 2
10 ± 2
12 ± 224 ± 4
36 ± 5
0.81 ± 0.20
1.02 ± 0.20
1.22 ± 0.202.45 ± 0.41
3.67 ± 0.51
Thread diameter Tightening torque
inch Nm kgm
1 / 16
1 / 8
1 / 4
3 / 8
1 / 2
3 / 4
1
3 ± 1
8 ± 2
12 ± 2
15 ± 2
24 ± 4
36 ± 5
60 ± 9
0.31 ± 0.10
0.81 ± 0.20
1.22 ± 0.20
1.53 ± 0.41
2.45 ± 0.41
3.67 ± 0.51
6.12 ± 0.92
Nominalsize ofhose
Widthacross flats
Tightening torque (Nm {kgm})Taper seal
typeFace seal type
Range TargetThread size
(mm)
Nominal thread size – Threads per inch,
Thread series
Root diameter(mm) (Reference)
02 19 34 – 63 {3.5 – 6.5} 44 {4.5} 149
– 18UNF 14.316
0322 54 – 93 {5.5 – 9.5} 74 {4.5} —
11 – 16UN 17.5
16
24 59 – 98 {6.0 – 10.0} 78 {8.0} 18 — —
04 27 84 – 132 {8.5 – 13.5} 103 {10.5} 22 113
– 16UN 20.716
05 32 128 – 186 {13.0 – 19.0} 157 {16.0} 24 1 – 14UNS 25.4
06 36 177 – 245 {18.0 – 25.0} 216 {22.0} 30 13
– 12UNF 30.316
(10) 41 177 – 245 {18.0 – 25.0} 216 {22.0} 33 — —
(12) 46 197 – 294 {20.0 – 30.0} 245 {25.0} 36 — —
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 18/369
Foreword Electric wire code
Electric wire code
In the wiring diagrams, various colors and symbols are employed to indicate the thickness of wires.
This wire code table will help you understand WIRING DIAGRAMS.
Example: 5WB indicates a cable having a nominal number 5 and white coating with black stripe.
Classification by thickness
Classification by color and code
Norminal
number
Copper wireCable O.D.
(mm)
Current rating
(A) Applicable circuitNumber of
strands
Dia. of
strands (mm2)
Cross section
(mm2)
0.85 11 0.32 0.88 2.4 12 Starting, lighting, signal etc.
2 26 0.32 2.09 3.1 20 Lighting, signal etc.
5 65 0.32 5.23 4.6 37 Charging and signal
15 84 0.45 13.36 7.0 59 Starting (Glow plug)
40 85 0.80 42.73 11.4 135 Starting
60 127 0.80 63.84 13.6 178 Starting
100 217 0.80 109.1 17.6 230 Starting
PriorityCircuits
Charging Ground Starting Lighting Instrument Signal Other Classification
1 Primary
Code W B B R Y G L
Color White Black Black Red Yellow Green Blue
2
Auxiliary
Code WR — BW RW YR GW LW
Color White &
Red—
White &
Black
Red &
White
Rellow &
Red
Green &
White
Blue &
White
3Code WB — BY RB YB GR LR
Color White &
Black—
Black &
Yellow
Red &
Black
Yellow &
Black
Green &
Red
Blue &
Yellow
4
Code WL — BR RY YG GY LY
Color White &
Blue—
Black &
Red
Red &
Yellow
Yellow &
Green
Green &
Yellow
Blue &
Yellow
5
Code WG — — RG YL GB LB
Color White &
Green— —
Red &
Green
Yellow &
Blue
Green &
Black
Blue &
Black
6Code — — — RL YW GL —
Color Red & BlueYellow & Green &
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 19/369
Foreword Conversion table
Conversion table
Method of using the conversion table
The Conversion Table in this section is provided to enable simple conversion of figures. For details of the
method of using the Conversion Table, see the example given below.
Example
• Method of using the Conversion Table to convert from millimeters to inches
1. Convert 55 mm into inches.
1) Locate the number 50 in the vertical column at the left side, take this as (A), then draw a horizontal line
from (A).
2) Locate the number 5 in the row across the top, take this as (B), then draw a perpendicular line down
from (B).
3) Take the point where the two lines cross as (C). This point (C) gives the value when converting from
millimeters to inches. Therefore, 55 mm = 2.165 inches.
2. Convert 550 mm into inches.
1) The number 550 does not appear in the table, so divide by 10 (move the decimal point one place to the
left) to convert it to 55 mm.2) Carry out the same procedure as above to convert 55 mm to 2.165 inches.
3) The original value (550 mm) was divided by 10, so multiply 2.165 inches by 10 (move the decimal point
one place to the right) to return to the original value. This gives 550 mm = 21.65 inches.
Millimeters to inches
1 mm = 0.03937 in
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0
0.394
0.787
1.181
1.575
1.969
2.362
2.756
3.150
3.543
0.039
0.433
0.827
1.220
1.614
2.008
2.402
2.795
3.189
3.583
0.079
0.472
0.866
1.260
1.654
2.047
2.441
2.835
3.228
3.622
0.118
0.512
0.906
1.299
1.693
2.087
2.480
2.874
3.268
3.661
0.157
0.551
0.945
1.339
1.732
2.126
2.520
2.913
3.307
3.701
0.197
0.591
0.984
1.378
1.772
(C)
2.559
2.953
3.346
3.740
0.236
0.630
1.024
1.417
1.811
2.205
2.598
2.992
3.386
3.780
0.276
0.669
1.063
1.457
1.850
2.244
2.638
3.032
3.425
3.819
0.315
0.709
1.102
1.496
1.890
2.283
2.677
3.071
3.465
3.858
0.354
0.748
1.142
1.536
1.929
2.323
2.717
3.110
3.504
3.898
2.165
(B)
(A)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 20/369
Foreword Conversion table
Millimeters to Inches
1 mm = 0.03937 in
Kilogram to Pound
1 kg = 2.2046 lb
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0
0.394
0.787
1.181
1.575
1.969
2.362
2.756
3.150
3.543
0.039
0.433
0.827
1.220
1.614
2.008
2.402
2.795
3.189
3.583
0.079
0.472
0.866
1.260
1.654
2.047
2.441
2.835
3.228
3.622
0.118
0.512
0.906
1.299
1.693
2.087
2.480
2.874
3.268
3.661
0.157
0.551
0.945
1.339
1.732
2.126
2.520
2.913
3.307
3.701
0.197
0.591
0.984
1.378
1.772
2.165
2.559
2.953
3.346
3.740
0.236
0.630
1.024
1.417
1.811
2.205
2.598
2.992
3.386
3.780
0.276
0.669
1.063
1.457
1.850
2.244
2.638
3.032
3.425
3.819
0.315
0.709
1.102
1.496
1.890
2.283
2.677
3.071
3.465
3.858
0.354
0.748
1.142
1.536
1.929
2.323
2.717
3.110
3.504
3.898
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0
22.05
44.09
66.14
88.18
110.23
132.28
154.32
176.37
198.42
2.20
24.25
46.30
68.34
90.39
112.44
134.48
156.53
178.57
200.62
4.41
26.46
48.50
70.55
92.59
114.64
136.69
158.73
180.78
202.83
6.61
28.66
50.71
72.75
94.80
116.85
138.89
160.94
182.98
205.03
8.82
30.86
51.91
74.96
97.00
119.05
141.10
163.14
185.19
207.24
11.02
33.07
55.12
77.16
99.21
121.25
143.30
165.35
187.39
209.44
13.23
35.27
57.32
79.37
101.41
123.46
145.51
167.55
189.60
211.64
15.43
37.48
59.53
81.57
103.62
125.66
147.71
169.76
191.80
213.85
17.64
39.68
61.73
83.78
105.82
127.87
149.91
171.96
194.01
216.05
19.84
41.89
63.93
85.98
108.03
130.07
152.12
174.17
196.21
218.26
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 21/369
Foreword Conversion table
Liter to U.S. Gallon
1l = 0.2642 U.S. Gal
Liter to U.K. Gallon
1l = 0.21997 U.K. Gal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0
2.642
5.283
7.925
10.567
13.209
15.850
18.492
21.134
23.775
0.264
2.906
5.548
8.189
10.831
13.473
16.115
18.756
21.398
24.040
0.528
3.170
5.812
8.454
11.095
13.737
16.379
19.020
21.662
24.304
0.793
3.434
6.076
8.718
11.359
14.001
16.643
19.285
21.926
24.568
1.057
3.698
6.340
8.982
11.624
14.265
16.907
19.549
22.190
24.832
1.321
3.963
6.604
9.246
11.888
14.529
17.171
19.813
22.455
25.096
1.585
4.227
6.869
9.510
12.152
14.795
17.435
20.077
22.719
25.361
1.849
4.491
7.133
9.774
12.416
15.058
17.700
20.341
22.983
25.625
2.113
4.755
7.397
10.039
12.680
15.322
17.964
20.605
23.247
25.889
2.378
5.019
7.661
10.303
12.944
15.586
18.228
20.870
23.511
26.153
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0
2.200
4.399
6.599
8.799
10.998
13.198
15.398
17.598
19.797
0.220
2.420
4.619
6.819
9.019
11.281
13.418
15.618
17.818
20.017
0.440
2.640
4.839
7.039
9.239
11.438
13.638
15.838
18.037
20.237
0.660
2.860
5.059
7.259
9.459
11.658
13.858
16.058
18.257
20.457
0.880
3.080
5.279
7.479
9.679
11.878
14.078
16.278
18.477
20.677
1.100
3.300
5.499
7.969
9.899
12.098
14.298
16.498
18.697
20.897
1.320
3.520
5.719
7.919
10.119
12.318
14.518
16.718
18.917
21.117
1.540
3.740
5.939
8.139
10.339
12.528
14.738
16.938
19.137
21.337
1.760
3.950
6.159
8.359
10.559
12.758
14.958
17.158
19.357
21.557
1.980
4.179
6.379
8.579
10.778
12.978
15.178
17.378
19.577
21.777
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 22/369
Foreword Conversion table
kgm to ft. lb
1 kgm = 7.233 ft. lb
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180190
0
72.3
144.7
217.0
289.3
361.7
434.0
506.3
578.6
651.0
723.3
795.6
868.0
940.3
1012.6
1084.9
1157.3
1129.6
1301.91374.3
7.2
79.6
151.9
224.2
296.6
368.9
441.2
513.5
585.9
658.2
730.5
802.9
875.2
947.5
1019.9
1092.2
1164.5
1236.8
1309.21381.5
14.5
86.8
159.1
231.5
303.8
376.1
448.5
520.8
593.1
665.4
737.8
810.1
882.4
954.8
1027.1
1099.4
1171.7
1244.1
1316.41388.7
21.7
94.0
166.4
238.7
311.0
383.4
455.7
528.0
600.3
672.7
745.0
817.3
889.7
962.0
1034.3
1106.6
1179.0
1251.3
1323.61396.0
28.9
101.3
173.6
245.9
318.3
390.6
462.9
535.2
607.6
679.9
752.2
824.6
896.9
969.2
1041.5
1113.9
1186.2
1258.5
1330.91403.2
36.2
108.5
180.8
253.2
325.5
397.8
470.2
542.5
614.8
687.1
759.5
831.8
904.1
976.5
1048.8
1121.1
1193.4
1265.8
1338.11410.4
43.4
115.7
188.1
260.4
332.7
405.1
477.4
549.7
622.0
694.4
766.7
839.0
911.4
983.7
1056.0
1128.3
1200.7
1273.0
1345.31417.7
50.6
123.0
195.3
267.6
340.0
412.3
484.6
556.9
629.3
701.6
773.9
846.3
918.6
990.9
1063.2
1135.6
1207.9
1280.1
1352.61424.9
57.9
130.2
202.5
274.9
347.2
419.5
491.8
564.2
636.5
708.8
781.2
853.5
925.8
998.2
1070.5
1142.8
1215.1
1287.5
1359.81432.1
65.1
137.4
209.8
282.1
354.4
426.8
499.1
571.4
643.7
716.1
788.4
860.7
933.1
1005.4
1077.7
1150.0
1222.4
1294.7
1367.01439.4
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 23/369
Foreword Conversion table
kg/cm2 to lb/in2
1kg/cm2 = 14.2233 lb/in2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180190
200
210
220
230
240
0
142.2
284.5
426.7
568.9
711.2
853.4
995.6
1138
1280
1422
1565
1707
1849
1991
2134
2276
2418
25602702
2845
2987
3129
3271
3414
14.2
156.5
298.7
440.9
583.2
725.4
867.6
1010
1152
1294
1437
1579
1721
1863
2005
2148
2290
2432
25742717
2859
3001
3143
3286
3428
28.4
170.7
312.9
455.1
597.4
739.6
881.8
1024
1166
1309
1451
1593
1735
1877
2020
2162
2304
2446
25892731
2873
3015
3158
3300
3442
42.7
184.9
327.1
469.4
611.6
753.8
896.1
1038
1181
1323
1465
1607
1749
1892
2034
2176
2318
2460
26032745
2887
3030
3172
3314
3456
56.9
199.1
341.4
483.6
625.8
768.1
910.3
1053
1195
1337
1479
1621
1764
1906
2048
2190
2333
2475
26172759
2901
3044
3186
3328
3470
71.1
213.4
355.6
497.8
640.1
782.3
924.5
1067
1209
1351
1493
1636
1778
1920
2062
2205
2347
2489
26312773
2916
3058
3200
3343
3485
85.3
227.6
369.8
512.0
654.3
796.5
938.7
1081
1223
1365
1508
1650
1792
1934
2077
2219
2361
2503
26462788
2930
3072
3214
3357
3499
99.6
241.8
384.0
526.3
668.5
810.7
953.0
1095
1237
1380
1522
1664
1806
1949
2091
2233
2375
2518
26602802
2944
3086
3229
3371
3513
113.8
256.0
398.3
540.5
682.7
825.0
967.2
1109
1252
1394
1536
1678
1821
1963
2105
2247
2389
2532
26742816
2958
3101
3243
3385
3527
128.0
270.2
412.5
554.7
696.9
839.2
981.4
1124
1266
1408
1550
1693
1835
1977
2119
2262
2404
2546
26882830
2973
3115
3257
3399
3542
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 24/369
Foreword Conversion table
Temperature
Fahrenheit-Centigrade Conversion ; a simple way to convert a Fahrenheit temperature reading into a Centi-
grade temperature reading or vice versa is to enter the accompanying table in the center or boldface col-
umn of figures.
These figures refer to the temperature in either Fahrenheit or Centigrade degrees.
If it is desired to convert from Fahrenheit to Centigrade degrees, consider the center column as a table of
Fahrenheit temperatures and read the corresponding Centigrade temperature in the column at the left.If it is desired to convert from Centigrade to Fahrenheit degrees, consider the center column as a table of
Centigrade values, and read the corresponding Fahrenheit temperature on the right.
1°C = 33.8°F
°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F
–40.4
–37.2
–34.4
–31.7
–28.9
–28.3
–27.8
–27.2
–26.7
–26.1
–25.6
–25.0
–24.4
–23.9
–23.3
–22.8
–22.2
–21.7
–21.1
–20.6
–20.0
–19.4
–18.9
–18.3 –17.8
–17.2
–16.7
–16.1
–15.6
–15.0
–14.4
–13.9
–13.3 –12.8
12 2
–40
–35
–30
–25
–20
–19
–18
–17
–16
–15
–14
–13
–12
–11
–10
–9
–8
–7
–6
–5
–4
–3
–2
–10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
89
10
–40.0
–31.0
–22.0
–13.0
–4.0
–2.2
–0.4
1.4
3.2
5.0
6.8
8.6
10.4
12.2
14.0
15.8
17.6
19.4
21.2
23.0
24.8
26.6
28.4
30.232.0
33.8
35.6
37.4
39.2
41.0
42.8
44.6
46.448.2
50 0
–11.7
–11.1
–10.6
–10.0
–9.4
–8.9
–8.3
–7.8
–7.2
–6.7
–6.1
–5.6
–5.0
–4.4
–3.9
–3.3
–2.8
–2.2
–1.7
–1.1
–0.6
0
0.6
1.11.7
2.2
2.8
3.3
3.9
4.4
5.0
5.6
6.16.7
7 2
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
3435
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
4344
45
51.8
53.6
55.4
57.2
59.0
60.8
62.6
64.4
66.2
68.0
69.8
71.6
73.4
75.2
77.0
78.8
80.6
82.4
84.2
86.0
87.8
89.6
91.4
93.295.0
96.8
98.6
100.4
102.2
104.0
105.8
107.6
109.4111.2
113 0
7.8
8.3
8.9
9.4
10.0
10.6
11.1
11.7
12.2
12.8
13.3
13.9
14.4
15.0
15.6
16.1
16.7
17.2
17.8
18.3
18.9
19.4
20.0
20.621.1
21.7
22.2
22.8
23.3
23.9
24.4
25.0
25.626.1
26 7
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
0
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
6970
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
7879
80
114.8
116.6
118.4
120.2
122.0
123.8
125.6
127.4
129.2
131.0
132.8
134.6
136.4
138.2
140.0
141.8
143.6
145.4
147.2
149.0
150.8
152.6
154.4
156.2158.0
159.8
161.6
163.4
165.2
167.0
168.8
170.6
172.4174.2
176 0
27.2
27.8
28.3
28.9
29.4
30.0
30.6
31.1
31.7
32.2
32.8
33.3
33.9
34.4
35.0
35.6
36.1
36.7
37.2
37.8
40.6
43.3
46.1
48.951.7
54.4
57.2
60.0
62.7
65.6
68.3
71.1
73.976.7
79 4
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
105
110
115
120125
130
135
140
145
150
155
160
165170
175
117.8
179.6
181.4
183.2
185.0
186.8
188.6
190.4
192.2
194.0
195.8
197.6
199.4
201.2
203.0
204.8
206.6
208.4
210.2
212.0
221.0
230.0
239.0
248.0257.0
266.0
275.0
284.0
293.0
302.0
311.0
320.0
329.0338.0
347 0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 25/369
Foreword Units
Units
In this manual, the measuring units are indicated with Internatinal System of units (SI).
As for reference, conventionally used Gravitational System of units are indicated in parentheses { }.
Example:N {kg}
Nm {kgm}
MPa {kg/cm2}
kPa {mmH2O}
kPa {mmHg}
kW/rpm {HP/rpm}
g/kWh {g/HPh}
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 26/369
Applicable machine ........................................01- 2
Specifications .................................................01- 4
General assembly drawing.............................01- 12
Weight table ...................................................01-28
Engine performance curve.............................01-31
01 General
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 27/369
General Applicable machine
Applicable machine
a Serial No. shows for engine serial No.
Engine Serial No. Applicable machine
S6D140-2
GD825A-2 Motor grader
WA500-3 Wheel loader
SA6D140-2
D155A-2, D155A-3, D155AX-3, D155AX-5 Bulldozer
D155C-1 (–30°C spec.), D155C-1 (–50°C spec.), D355C-3,
D355C-3 (–30°C spec.), D355C-3 (–50°C spec.)Bulldozer
PC1600SP-1 Hydraulic excavator
DCA400SSK-2 DENYO Generator
DCA-400SSK MQ Generator
J6D140E-G1-2 TAIYO DENKI Generator
SAA6D140-2
PC750-6, PC800-6, PC1800-6 Hydraulic excavator
HD325-6, HD405-6 Dump truck
SDA6D140E-2
D275A-5 (–50°C spec.) Bulldozer
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 28/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 29/369
General Specifications
Specifications
Engine model S6D140-2
Applicable machine GD825A-2 WA500-3
Number of cylinder – Bore x Stroke mm 6 – 140 x 165
Total piston displacement l {cc} 15.2 {15,240}
Firing order 1 – 5 – 3 – 6 – 2 – 4
D i m
e n s i o n s
Overall length mm 1,593 1,787
Overall width mm 895 1,060
Overall height (excluding exhaust pipe) mm 2,060 1,670
Overall height (including exhaust pipe) mm — —
P e r f o r m a n c e
Flywheel horsepower kW {HP}/rpm 209 {280}/2,100 236 {316}/2,100
Maximum torque Nm {kgm}/rpm 1,230 {125}/1,400 1,370 {140}/1,400
High idling speed rpm 2,300 – 2,400 2,300 – 2,400
Low idling speed rpm 650 – 700 700 – 750
Minimum fuel consumption ratio g/kW•h {g/HP•h} 208 {155} 204 {152}
Dry weight kg 1,506 1,520
Fuel injection pump BOSCH PE-P (PS3S) type
Governor BOSCH RSV centrifugal
all speed control type
Lubricating oil amount (refill capacity) l 38 (34)
Coolant amount l (Engine side: 23)
Alternator 24 V, 50 A
Starting motor 24 V, 11 kW
Battery 12 V 200 Ah x 2 12 V 170 Ah x 2
Turboharger KOMATSU KTR110 type
Air compressor ZEXEL Recipro-
cation, 1-cylinder
type
—
Oth
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 30/369
General Specifications
S6D140-2
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 31/369
General Specifications
Engine model SA6D140-2
Applicable machineD155A-3,
D155AX-3
PC1600SP-1
(2 engines)
Number of cylinder – Bore x Stroke mm 6 – 140 x 165
Total piston displacement l {cc} 15.2 {15,240}
Firing order 1 – 5 – 3 – 6 – 2 – 4
D i m e n s i o n s
Overall length mm 1,498 1,938
Overall width mm 1,040 1,185
Overall height (excluding exhaust pipe) mm 1,740 1,722
Overall height (including exhaust pipe) mm — —
P e r f o r m a n c e
Flywheel horsepower kW {HP}/rpm225 {302}/1,900
(Net)
316 {424}/1,800
(Net)
Maximum torque Nm {kgm}/rpm 1,430 {146}/1,300
(Net)
1,860 {190}/1,400
High idling speed rpm 2,050 – 2,150 1,930 – 2,030
Low idling speed rpm 700 – 725 725 – 775
Minimum fuel consumption ratio g/kW•h {g/HP•h} 214 {160} 207 {154}
Dry weight kg 1,550 1,670
Fuel injection pump BOSCH PE-P
(PS7S) type
BOSCH PE-P
(PS7S) type
Governor BOSCH RSUV
centrifugal,
all speed type
BOSCH RSV
centrifugal,
all speed type
Lubricating oil amount (refill capacity) l 42 (37) 38 (34)
Coolant amount l (Engine only: 25) (Engine side: 25)
Alternator 24 V, 35 A
24 V, 50 A (opt)
24 V, 50 A
Starting motor 24 V, 11 kW 24 V, 7.5 kW
Battery 12 V 200 Ah x 2 12 V 170 Ah x 2
Turboharger KOMATSU KTR110 type
Air compressor
—
ZEXEL Recipro-
cation, 1-cylinder
type
Others With aftercooler
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 32/369
General Specifications
SA6D140-2
D155A-2 D155AX-5D155C-1
(–30°C spec.)
D155C-1
(–50°C spec.)D355C-3
D355C-3
(–30°C spec.)
6 – 140 x 165
15.2 {15,240}
1 – 5 – 3 – 6 – 2 – 4
1,566 1,498 1,614 1,614 1,577 1,577
1,136 1,040 1,193 1,193 1,265 1,265
1,824 1,740 1,824 1,824 1,843 1,843
— — — — — —
253 {339}/2,000
(Net)
232 {310}/1,900
(Net)
255 {342}/2,000
(Gross)
255 {342}/2,000
(Gross)
265 {355}/2,000
(Net)
265 {355}/2,000
(Net)
1,608 {164}/1,400
(Net)
1,610 {164}/1,250
(Net)
1,490 {152}/1,400
(Gross)
1,490 {152}/1,400
(Gross)
1,570 {160}/1,400
(Net)
1,570 {160}/1,400
(Net)
2,200 – 2,280 2,100 2,190 – 2,290 2,190 – 2,290 2,200 – 2,280 2,200 – 2,280
550 – 650 700 700 – 750 700 – 750700 – 750 (engine set)
575 – 675 (on board)
700 – 750 (engine set)
575 – 675 (on board)
206 {153} 205 {153} 205 {151} 205 {151} 203 {151} (Gross) 203 {151} (Gross)
1,750 1,560 1,790 1,790 1,850 1,850
BOSCH PE-P (PS7S) type
BOSCH RSV centrifugal,
all speed type
42 (37) 78 (34) 42 (37) 42 (37) 42 (37) 42 (37)
(Engine side: 25)23
(Engine only) (Engine side: 25) (Engine side: 25) (Engine side: 25) (Engine side: 25)
24 V, 35 A 24 V, 35 A 24 V, 50 A 24 V, 50 A 24 V, 50 A 24 V, 50 A
24 V, 11 kW 24 V, 11 kW 24 V, 11 kW x 2 24 V, 11 kW x 2 24 V, 11 kW x 1 24 V, 11 kW x 2
12 V 170 Ah x 2 12 V 170 Ah x 2 12 V 200 Ah x 2 12 V 200 Ah x 2 12 V 200 Ah x 2 12 V 200 Ah x 2
KOMATSU
KTR110 type
KOMATSU
KTR110 type
KOMATSU
KTR110 type
KOMATSU
KTR110 type
KOMATSU
KTR110 type
KOMATSU
KTR110 type
— — — — — —
With aftercooler With aftercooler With aftercooler With aftercooler With aftercooler With aftercooler
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 33/369
General Specifications
Engine model SA6D140-2
Applicable machineD355C-3
(–50°C spec.)
Number of cylinder – Bore x Stroke mm6 – 140 x 165
15.2 {15,240}
1 – 5 – 3 – 6 – 2 – 4
Total piston displacement l {cc}
Firing order
D i m e n s i o n s
Overall length mm 1,577
Overall width mm 1,265
Overall height (excluding exhaust pipe) mm 1,843
Overall height (including exhaust pipe) mm —
P e r f o r m a n c e
Flywheel horsepower kW {HP}/rpm 265 {355}/2,000
(Net)
Maximum torque Nm {kgm}/rpm 1,570 {160}/1,400
(Net)
High idling speed rpm 2,200 – 2,280
Low idling speed rpm 700 – 750 (engine set)
575 – 675 (on board)
Minimum fuel consumption ratio g/kW•h {g/HP•h}203 {151} (Gross)
Dry weight kg 1,850
Fuel injection pump BOSCH PE-P (PS7S) type
Governor BOSCH RSV centrifugal,
all speed type
Lubricating oil amount (refill capacity) l 42 (37)
Coolant amount l (Engine side: 25)
Alternator 24 V, 50 A
Starting motor 24 V, 11 kW x 2
Battery 12 V 200 Ah x 2
Turboharger KOMATSU
KTR110 type
Air compressor —
Oth With ft l
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 34/369
General Specifications
SA6D140-2
DCA400SSK-2(DENYO generator)
DCA-400SSK(For MQ generator)
J6D140E-G1-2
6 – 140 x 165
15.2 {15,240}
1 – 5 – 3 – 6 – 2 – 4
1,874 1,874 1,874
957 957 957
1,598 1,598 1,634
— — —
310 {415}/1,500
(Net, 50 Hz)
357 {478}/1,800
(Net, 60 Hz)
357 {478}/1,800
(Net, 60 Hz)
271 {275}/1,500
(50 Hz)
299 {303}/1,800
(60 Hz)
— — —
Max. 1,570 (50 Hz)
Max. 1,880 (60 Hz)
Max. 1,890 (60 Hz) Max. 1,575 (50 Hz)
Max. 1,890 (60 Hz)
800 – 850
At rated
800 – 850
At rated
700 – 900
At rated
217 {162} (50 Hz)
231 {172} (60 Hz) 214 {160} (60 Hz)
209 {156} (50 Hz)
222 {166} (60 Hz)
1,450 1,450 1,750
BOSCH PE-P (PS7S) type
BOSCH RSUV centrifugal, all speed type
74 (67) 74 (67) 80 (73)
64 (Engine side: 27) 66(Engine only: 27)
24 V, 50 A 24 V, 50 A 24 V, 35 A (OPT)
24 V, 7.5 kW 24 V, 7.5 kW 24 V, 7.5 kW
12 V 200 Ah x 2 12 V 200 Ah x 2 12 V 200 Ah x 2
KOMATSU
KTR110 type
KOMATSU
KTR110 type
KOMATSU
KTR110 type
— — —
With ft l With ft l With ft l
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 35/369
General Specifications
Engine model SAA6D140-2
Applicable machinePC750-6,
PC800-6
HD325-6,
HD405-6
Number of cylinder – Bore x Stroke mm 6 – 140 x 165
Total piston displacement l {cc} 15.2 {15,240}
Firing order 1 – 5 – 3 – 6 – 2 – 4
D i m e n s i o n s
Overall length mm 1,938 1,688
Overall width mm 1,185 1,202
Overall height (excluding exhaust pipe) mm 1,722 1,300
Overall height (including exhaust pipe) mm — —
P e r f o r m a n c e
Flywheel horsepower kW {HP}/rpm 331 {444}/1,800(Net)
379 {508}/2,000(Gross)
364 {488}/2,000
(Net)
Maximum torque Nm {kgm}/rpm 2,100 {214}/1,350
(Net)
2,170 {221}/1,400
(Gross, Net)
High idling speed rpm 1,930 – 2,030 2,350 – 2,450
Low idling speed rpm 800 – 850 700 – 750
Minimum fuel consumption ratio g/kW•h {g/HP•h} 200 {149} 200 {149}
Dry weight kg 1,670 1,450
Fuel injection pump BOSCH PE-P
(PS7S) type
BOSCH PE-P
(PS7S) type
Governor BOSCH RSUV
centrifugal, all
speed type
BOSCH RFD
Min. – max. speed
control type
Lubricating oil amount (refill capacity) l 38 (32) 41 (37)
Coolant amount l (Engine only: 25) (Engine only: 25.5)
Alternator 24 V, 50 A 24 V, 50 A
Starting motor 24 V, 7.5 kW
24 V, 11 kW (opt)
24 V, 11 kW
Battery 12 V 170 Ah x 2 12 V 170 Ah x 2
Turboharger KOMATSU
KTR110 type
KOMATSU
KTR110 type
Air compressor ZEXEL
Single cylinder,
reciprocation type
ZEXEL
Single cylinder,
reciprocation type
Others With air cooledaftercooler
With air cooledaftercooler and
retarder
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 36/369
General Specifications
SAA6D140-2 SDA6D140E-2
HD325-6
(High altitude spec.)
PC1800-6
(2 engines)
D275A-5
(–50°C spec.)
6 – 140 x 165
15.2 {15,240}
1 – 5 – 3 – 6 – 2 – 4
1,688 1,582 1,461
1,202 1,056
1,300 1,684 2,084
— — —
307 {411}/2,000 331 {444}/1,800(Net)
332 {446}/2,000(Gross)
1,750 {179}/1,400 2,100 {214}/1,350
(Net)
2,030 {207}/1,400
(Gross)
2,350 – 2,400 1,930 – 2,030 2,150 – 2,250
675 – 725 800 – 850 650 – 750
197 {147} 200 {149} 214 {160}
1,450 1,650 1,765
BOSCH PE-P
(PS7S) type
BOSCH PE-P
(PS7S) type
BOSCH PE-P
(PS7S) type
BOSCH RFD
Min. – max. speed
control type
BOSCH RSUV
centrifugal, all
speed type
BOSCH RSUV
centrifugal, all
speed type
41 (37) 38 (32) 62 (55)
(Engine only: 26) (Engine only: 25) (Engine only: 26)
24 V, 50 A 24 V, 50 A 24 V, 75 A
24 V, 11 kW 24 V, 7.5 kW 24 V, 11 kW x 2
12 V 170 Ah x 2 12 V 170 Ah x 2 12 V 170 Ah x 2
KOMATSU
KTR110 type
KOMATSU
KTR110 type
KOMATSU
KTR110 type
ZEXEL
Reciprocation,
single cylinder type
ZEXEL Reciprocation,
single cylinder type
(front engine only)
—
With air cooledaftercooler and
retarder
With air cooled
aftercooler With aftercooler
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 37/369
General General assembly drawing
General assembly drawing
SA6D140-2 left side view (For D155A-3, D155AX-3)a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 38/369
General General assembly drawing
SA6D140-2 right side view (For D155A-3, D155AX-3)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 39/369
General General assembly drawing
SA6D140-2 front view (For D155A-3, D155AX-3)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 40/369
General General assembly drawing
SA6D140-2 rear view (For D155A-3, D155AX-3)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 41/369
General General assembly drawing
SA6D140-2 upper side view (For D155A-3, D155AX-3)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 42/369
General General assembly drawing
SAA6D140-2 left side view (For PC750-6, PC800-6)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 43/369
General General assembly drawing
SAA6D140-2 right side view (For PC750-6, PC800-6)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 44/369
General General assembly drawing
SAA6D140-2 front view (For PC750-6, PC800-6)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 45/369
General General assembly drawing
SAA6D140-2 rear view (For PC750-6, PC800-6)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 46/369
General General assembly drawing
SDA6D140E-2 left side view (For D275A-5, –50°C spec.)
a. Crankshaft center
b. Flywheel housing rear surface
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 47/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 48/369
General General assembly drawing
SDA6D140E-2 front view (For D275A-5, –50°C spec.)
c. Crankshaft center
d. Cylinder liner center
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 49/369
General General assembly drawing
SDA6D140E-2 rear view (For D275A-5, –50°C spec.)
c. Crankshaft center
d. Cylinder liner center
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 50/369
General General assembly drawing
Dimension tablea These dimensions are reference values for use when installing to a test bench.
Engine Machine model
Dimensions for each part (mm)
A B C D E F G
SDA6D140E-2
D275A-5 (–50°C spec.) 1,461 1,056 2,084 — — — —
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 51/369
General Weight table
Weight table
a The specifications may be different depending on the type of machine.
Unit: kg
No. Item Components S6D140-2
1 Turbocharger Komatsu KTR110 23
2 Cylinder head assemblyCylinder head, valve, rocker arm,
valve spring19
3 Cylinder block assemblyCylinder block, bearing cap,
cylinder liner 400
4 Front cover 38
5 Oil pan 30
6 Flywheel assembly Flywheel, ring gear 60 (GD825A-2, WA500-3)
—
7 Flywheel housing55 (GD825A-2, WA500-3)
—
8 Crankshaft assembly Crankshaft, crankshaft gear 136
9 Camshaft assemblyCamshaft, camshaft gear, thrust
plate19
10 Piston and connectingrod assembly
Piston, piston ring, piston pin,connecting rod
10.7 x 6
11 Oil pump 5.5
12 Fuel injection pump 20
13 Water pump 17
14 Alternator 24 V, 35 A —
24 V, 50 A 10
15 Starting motor 24 V, 7.5 kW —
24 V, 11 kW 19.5
16 Air compressor 11
17 Aftercooler assembly —
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 52/369
General Weight table
Unit: kg
No. Item Components SA6D140-2
1 Turbocharger Komatsu KTR110 23
2 Cylinder head assemblyCylinder head, valve, rocker arm,
valve spring19
3 Cylinder block assemblyCylinder block, bearing cap,
cylinder liner 400
4 Front cover 38
5 Oil pan 30
6 Flywheel assembly Flywheel, ring gear
60 (D155A-2,3, AX-3, AX-5)
54 (PC1600SP-1)
129 (DCA400SSK-2, J6D140E-G1-2 Generator)
7 Flywheel housing
55 (D155A-2,3, AX-3, AX-5)
52 (PC1600SP-1)
52 (DCA400SSK-2 Generator)
8 Crankshaft assembly Crankshaft, crankshaft gear 136
9 Camshaft assemblyCamshaft, camshaft gear, thrust
plate
19
10Piston and connecting
rod assembly
Piston, piston ring, piston pin,
connecting rod10.7 x 6
11 Oil pump 5.5
12 Fuel injection pump
21 (D155A-2,3, AX-3, AX-5)
23 (Generator)
13 Water pump 17
14 Alternator 24 V, 35 A, 25 A 8.0
24 V, 50 A 10
15 Starting motor 24 V, 7.5 kW 18
24 V, 11 kW 19.5
16 Air compressor 11
17 Aftercooler assembly 43
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 53/369
General Weight table
Unit: kg
No. Item Components SAA6D140-2 SDA6D140E-2
1 Turbocharger Komatsu KTR110 23
2 Cylinder head assemblyCylinder head, valve, rocker arm,
valve spring19
3 Cylinder block assemblyCylinder block, bearing cap,
cylinder liner 400
4 Front cover 38
5 Oil pan 30
6 Flywheel assembly Flywheel, ring gear
55 (PC750-6, PC800-6)
51 (HD325-6/405-6)
7 Flywheel housing54 (PC750-6, PC800-6)
68 (HD325-6/405-6)
8 Crankshaft assembly Crankshaft, crankshaft gear 136
9 Camshaft assemblyCamshaft, camshaft gear, thrust
plate19
10Piston and connecting
rod assembly
Piston, piston ring, piston pin,
connecting rod10.7 x 6
11 Oil pump 5.5
12 Fuel injection pump 20
13 Water pump 17
14 Alternator 24 V, 35 A 8.0
24 V, 50 A 10
15 Starting motor 24 V, 7.5 kW 18
24 V, 11 kW 19.5
16 Air compressor 11
17 Air-cooled aftercooler
assembly
37 (PC750, 800-6)
35 (HD325-6/405-6)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 54/369
General Engine performance curve
Engine performance curve
Engine Engine Serial No. Machine model Page
S6D140-2GD825A-2 01-32
WA500-3 01-33
SA6D140-2
D155A-3, D155AX-3 01-34
PC1600SP-1 01-35
D155A-2 01-36
D355C-3, D355C-3 (–30°C spec.),
D355C-3 (–50°C spec.)01-37
D155AX-5 01-38
D155C-1 (–30°C spec.),
D155C-1 (–50°C spec.)01-42
SAA6D140-2HD325-6, HD405-6 01-39
PC750-6, PC800-6, PC1800-6 01-40
SDA6D140E-2D275A-5 (–50°C spec.) 01-41
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 55/369
General Engine performance curve
S6D140-2 for GD825A-2Net flywheel horsepower:209 kW {280 HP}/2,100 rpm
Net maximum torque: 1,250 Nm {128 kgm}/1,400 rpm
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 56/369
General Engine performance curve
S6D140-2 for WA500-3Net flywheel horsepower:236 kW {316 HP}/2,100 rpm
Net maximum torque: 1,370 Nm {140 kgm}/1,400 rpm
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 57/369
General Engine performance curve
SA6D140-2 for D155A-3, D155AX-3Net flywheel horsepower:225 kW {302 HP}/1,900 rpm
Net maximum torque: 1,432 Nm {146 kgm}/1,300 rpm
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 58/369
General Engine performance curve
SA6D140-2 for PC1600SP-1Net flywheel horsepower:316 kW {424 HP}/1,800 rpm
Net maximum torque: 1,863 Nm {190 kgm}/1,400 rpm
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 59/369
General Engine performance curve
SA6D140-2 for D155A-2Flywheel horsepower: 253 kW {339 HP}/2,000 rpm (Net)
Maximum torque: 1,608 Nm {164 kgm}/1,400 rpm (Net)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 60/369
General Engine performance curve
SA6D140-2 for D355C-3, D355C-3 (–30°C spec.), D355C-3 (–50°C spec.)Flywheel horsepower: 265 kW {355 HP}/2,000 rpm (Net)
Maximum torque: 1,570 Nm {160 kgm}/1,400 rpm (Net)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 61/369
General Engine performance curve
SA6D140-2 for D155AX-5Flywheel horsepower: 232 kW {320 HP}/1,900 rpm (Net)
Maximum torque: 1,610 Nm {164 kgm}/1,250 rpm (Net)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 62/369
General Engine performance curve
SAA6D140-2 for HD325-6, HD405-6Flywheel horsepower: 379 kW {508 HP}/2,000 rpm (Gross), 364 kW {488 HP}/2,000 rpm (Net)
Maximum torque: 2,170 Nm {221 kgm}/1,400 rpm (Gross, Net)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 63/369
General Engine performance curve
SAA6D140-2 for PC750-6, PC800-6, PC1800-6Flywheel horsepower: 331 kW {444 HP}/1,800 rpm
Maximum torque: 2,099 Nm {214 kgm}/1,350 rpm
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 64/369
General Engine performance curve
SDA6D140E-2 [For D275A-5 (–50°C spec.)]Rated output: 332 kW {446 HP}/2,000 rpm (Gross)
Max. torque: 2,030 Nm {207 kgm}/1,400 rpm (Gross)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 65/369
General Engine performance curve
SA6D140-2 for D155C-1 (–30°C spec.), D155C-1 (–50°C spec.)Flywheel horsepower: 255 kW {342 HP}/2,000 rpm (Gross)
Maximum torque: 1,490 Nm {152 kgm}/1,400 rpm (Gross)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 66/369
Intake and exhaust system
Intake and exhaust system.......................11- 2
Air cleaner ................................................ 11- 15
Turbocharger ............................................11- 18
Aftercooler ................................................ 11- 20
Engine body
Cylinder head ...........................................11- 24
Cylinder block...........................................11- 26
Main circulation system ............................ 11- 28
Vibration damper ......................................11- 30
Timing gear...............................................11- 32
Valve system.............................................11- 34
Flywheel and flywheel housing .................11- 36
Lubrication system
Lubrication system chart........................... 11- 38Oil pump ...................................................11- 40
Regulator valve and
piston cooling valve........................... 11- 41
Oil filter ..................................................... 11- 42
Oil cooler ..................................................11- 46
Fuel system
Fuel system chart .....................................11- 48
Fuel injection pump .................................. 11- 50
Feed pump ............................................... 11- 58
Fuel injection nozzle................................. 11- 59
Fuel filter...................................................11- 60
Engine stop motor ....................................11- 61
Cooling system
Cooling system chart................................ 11- 66
Water pump.............................................. 11- 70
Thermostat ............................................... 11- 76
Corrosion resistor ..................................... 11- 77Corrosion resistor mounting..................... 11- 78
Cooling fan drive ...................................... 11- 79
Accessory
Air compressor ......................................... 11- 88
Exhaust brake .......................................... 11- 91
Electrical system
Alternator.................................................. 11- 95
Starting motor ........................................... 11-102
Electrical intake air heater........................ 11-107
Front PTO mounting................................. 11-108Front PTO assembly ................................ 11-109
Front PTO drive gear assembly ............... 11-110
11 Structure and function
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 67/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
Intake and exhaust system
Intake and exhaust system
S6D140-2 for WA500-3a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
1. Bracket A. Intake
2. Muffler B. Exhaust
3. Check valve
(to prevent exhaust gas from flowing back)
C. Dust (together with exhaust gas)
4. Electrical intake air heater (ribbon type)5. Air cleaner
6. Intake manifold
7. Intake connector
8. Exhaust manifold (Rear)
9. Exhaust manifold (Center)
10. Exhaust manifold (Front)
11. Elbow
12. Turbocharger
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 68/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 69/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
SA6D140-2 for D155A-3, D155AX-3 (Left side view)a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
1. Muffler A. Intake
2. Air cleaner B. Exhaust
3. Aftercooler assembly
4. Connector
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 70/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 71/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
SA6D140-2 for D155A-3, D155AX-3 (Intake system, front view)a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
1. Check valve
(To prevent exhaust gas from flowing back)
C. Dust (together with exhaust gas)
2. Tube
3. Band assembly (air cleaner)
4. Connector (Crossover)
5. Valve6. Connector
7. Electrical intake air heater
8. Tube (aftercooler – cylinder block)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 72/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
SA6D140-2 for D155A-3, D155AX-3 (Exhaust system, rear view)a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
1. Dust indicator
2. O-ring
3. Connector
4. Tube (cylinder block – aftercooler)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 73/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
SAA6D140-2 for PC750-6, PC800-6 (Left side view)a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
1. Connector (air-cooled aftercooler –
electrical intake air heater)
A. Intake
B. Exhaust
2. Electrical intake air heater (ribbon type) C. Dust (together with exhaust gas)
3. Connector (electrical intake air heater –
intake manifold)
4. Muffler 5. Check valve
(to prevent exhaust gas from flowing back)
6. Intake manifold
7. Air cleaner
8. Precleaner
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 74/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
SAA6D140-2 for PC750-6, PC800-6 (Right side view)a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
1. Sensor for dust indicator
2. Intake connector (air cleaner – turbocharger)
3. Turbocharger
4. Exhaust manifold (Front)
5. Exhaust manifold (Center)
6. Exhaust manifold (Rear)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 75/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
SAA6D140-2 for PC750-6, PC800-6 (Front view)a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
A. Intake air (turbocharger – air cooled aftercooler)
B. Intake air
(air cooled aftercooler – electrical intake air heater)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 76/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
SAA6D140-2 for PC750-6, PC800-6 (Rear view)a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 77/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
SAA6D140-2 for HD325-6 (Left side view)a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
1. Connector
(air-cooled aftercooler – electrical intake air heater)
2. Electrical intake air heater
3. Intake connector
(electrical intake air heater – intake manifold)
4. Intake manifold
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 78/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
SAA6D140-2 for HD325-6 (Right side view)a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
1. Exhaust brake (butterfly type) A. Intake
2. Turbocharger B. Exhaust
3. Exhaust connector C. Intake air (turbocharger – air-cooled aftercooler)
4. Exhaust manifold (front) D. Intake air
(air-cooled aftercooler – electrical intake air heater)5. Exhaust manifold (center)
6. Exhaust manifold (rear)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 79/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
SAA6D140-2 for HD325-6 (Front view)
SAA6D140-2 for HD325-6 (Rear view)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 80/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
Air cleaner
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
KOMA-CLONE type (Automatic discharge multicyclone type)
1. Hood A. Air inlet
2. Precleaner B. To turbocharger (Air)3. Air cleaner body C. To muffler (Dust)
4. Outer element
5. Inner element
Engine model Applicable
machine modelType
Dust discharging
method of precleaner
Number of
cleaner element
S6D140-2 GD825A-2, WA500-3
KOMA-CLONE,
Multicyclone
Automatic discharge
(Exhaust ejector)
Inner element: 1
Outer element: 1SA6D140-2 D155A-2,3, AX-3, AX-5
SAA6D140-2 PC750-6, PC800-6
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 81/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
FHG, FTG type (Cyclopack type)
FHG type FTG type
Advantages
FTG type
The diameter of the element is the same but the out-
side diameter of the body is smaller.
• The inlet is placed in the direction of connection,
so ample centrifugal force can be obtained from
a simple spiral guide vane, without using a diffu-
sion vane.
• The is no dust pan or diffusion vane, so the
structure is simple.
Structure
• Air containing dust is sucked in from inlet (1) at a
tangent, and the dust is separated by the centrif-
ugal force of guide vane (3). More than 99.9% of
the remaining dust is removed by primary ele-
ment (4), and the cleaned air then passes
through safety element (5) and outlet (2), and is
sucked into the engine.
The dust and moisture that is separated by
guide vane (3) rotates around the inside wall of
body (9), and goes inside vacuator (6), where is
discharged automatically to the outside.
1. Inlet 6. Vacuator
2. Outlet 7. Dust pan
3. Guide vane 8. Diffusion vane (sleeve)
4. Primary element 9. Body
5. Safety element 10. Element
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 82/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
ERB typea Details may differ according to the machine model.
1. Precleaner A. Intake air port2. Air cleaner casing B. To turbocharger (intake air port)
3. Outer element C. To muffler (dust)
4. Inner element
Engine Machine model TypeDust discharge method
for precleaner No. of elements
SDA6D140E-2D275A-5
(–50°C spec.)
Komaclone, multicyclone
type (ERB type)
Automatic discharge
(exhaust ejector)
Inner cylinder 1,
Outer cylinder 1
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 83/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
Turbocharger
KTR110
S6D140-2
SA6D140-2SAA6D140-2
1. Blower housing A. Intake inlet Turbocharger
2. V-band B. Intake outlet Type: KTR110
3. Defuser plate C. Exhaust inlet Overall length: 284 mm
4. Center housing D. Exhaust outlet Overall width: 305 mm
5. Shroud E. Oil inlet Overall height: 287 mm
6. Turbine housing F. Oil outlet Weight: 22.5 kg
7. Blower impeller G. Cooling water
8. Seal ring
9. Thrust metal
10. Metal
11. Seal ring12. Turbine impeller
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 84/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
KTR110 (Air-cooled type)
SDA6D140E-2 (D275A-5, –50°C spec.)
1. Blower housing A. Intake inlet Specifications
2. V-band B. Intake outlet Type: Komatsu KTR110L (air-cooled)
3. Diffuser plate C. Exhaust inlet Overall length: 308 mm
4. Center housing D. Exhaust outlet Overall width: 305 mm5. Shroud E. Oil inlet Overall height: 287 mm
6. Turbine housing F. Oil outlet Weight: 24 kg
7. Turbine impeller
8. Seal ring
9. Bearing
10. Thrust bearing
11. Seal ring
12. Blower impeller
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 85/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
Aftercooler
(Water-cooled type)
SA6D140-2 (For construction machinery, generator)
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Aftercooler cover A. Intake air inlet
2. Aftercooler core B. Intake air outlet
3. Intake manifold C. Water inlet (from cylinder head)
D. Water outlet (to thermostat)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 86/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
(Air-cooled type)
SAA6D140-2 for PC750-6, PC800-6a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
1. Tank a. Intake air port
(Turbocharger io Intake manifold)2. Side support
3. Tube
4. Fin
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 87/369
Structure and function Intake and exhaust system
(Air-cooled type)
SAA6D140-2 for HD325-6a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
1. Tank a. Intake air port
(Turbocharger io Intake manifold)2. Side support
3. Tube
4. Fin
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 88/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 89/369
Structure and function Engine body
Engine body
Cylinder head
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Rocker arm housing mounting bolt B. Intake
2. Cylinder head mounting bolt C. Exhaust
3. Air vent tube
4. Fuel spill pipe d. To fuel tank
5. Rocker arm housing e. To radiator
6. Cylinder head f. To rocker arm (Oil)
7. Rocker arm housing cover
8. Nozzle holder ass’y
9. Nozzle holder retainer
10. Nozzle connecter
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 90/369
Structure and function Engine body
Cylinder head
• Direct fuel injection type
• 4-valve
• Divided type (One cylinder head for one cylin-
der)
• Centralized cooling system of valve bridge and
nozzle • Cylinder head bolt: Plastic-area tightening
Valve seat insert
• Press-fitted insert for intake and exhaust
Rocker arm housing cover
• Floating type seal
Fuel injection nozzle
• Mount: Dry type (without sleeve)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 91/369
Structure and function Engine body
Cylinder block
1. Front cover 7. Thrust metal
2. Cylinder block 8. Main metal
3. Cylinder liner 9. Main metal cap
4. Crevice seal 10. Main metal cap bolt
5. Liner O-ring 11. Front oil seal
6. Liner O-ring 12. Piston cooling nozzle
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 92/369
Structure and function Engine body
Cylinder block
• Crankshaft:7 bearings
• Camshaft: High cam type, 7 bearings
• Main cap mounting bolt: Plastic-area tightening
Front oil seal
• Single lip with dust seal (Lay-down seal)
Piston cooling
• With cooling nozzle
Cylinder liner
• Wet type
• Machining of inside wall: Plateau honing, tufftrid-
ing
Liner seal
• Top: Crevice seal
• Middle: O-ring (Ethylene propylene rubber)
• Bottom: O-ring (Silicon rubber)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 93/369
Structure and function Engine body
Main circulation system
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Piston (FCD piston) 8. Key (Crankshaft gear)
2. Piston pin 9. Crankshaft
3. Connecting rod, bushing 10. Crankshaft gear (No. of teeth: 36)
4. Top ring 11. Connecting rod metal
5. Second ring 12. Connecting rod cap
6. Oil ring 13. Connecting rod
7. Pin (Crankshaft pulley) 14. Connecting rod cap mounting bolt
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 94/369
Structure and function Engine body
Crankshaft
Stamp forging
Journal and filet portion: Induction hardening
Piston
Ductile cast iron (FCD piston)
Re-entrant piston
Connecting rod
Stamp forging
Cap bolt is of screw-in type and tightened by plastic-
area tightening and has lubricating oil hole.
Piston ringTop ring Second ring Oil ring
Both faces
keystone Barrel
face Hard chrome
plating
Both faces
keystone inner
cut Tapered face
Hard chrome
plating
M-shape steel
ring Hard chrome
plating with coil
expander
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 95/369
Structure and function Engine body
Vibration damper
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Crankshaft pulley
2. Pin (Crankshaft pulley – vibration damper)
3. Vibration damper
4. Pin (Crankshaft – crankshaft pulley)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 96/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 97/369
Structure and function Engine body
Timing gear
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Water pump drive gear (No. of teeth: 23) 8. Fuel injection pump drive gear (No. of teeth: 48)
2. Sub idler gear (No. of teeth: 42) 9. PTO gear (Option) (No. of teeth: 22)
3. Main idler gear (Large) (No. of teeth: 60) 10. Crankshaft gear (No. of teeth: 36)
4. Main idler gear (Small) (No. of teeth: 40) 11. Oil pump drive gear (No. of teeth: 22)
5. Camshaft gear (No. of teeth: 48)
6. PTO gear (Option) (No. of teeth: 14) A, B, C: Match marks
7. Compressor drive gear (No. of teeth: 24)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 98/369
Structure and function Engine body
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 99/369
Structure and function Engine body
Valve system
a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
1. Thrust plate 12. Rocker arm adjustment screw
2. Camshaft gear (No. of teeth: 48) 13. Crosshead adjustment screw
3. Camshaft 14. Locknut
4. Cam roller 15. Crosshead
5. Cam roller pin 16. Valve retainer
6. Cam follower shaft 17. Outer valve spring
7. Cam follower 18. Inner valve spring
8. Push rod 19. Exhaust valve
9. Rocker arm shaft 20. Valve guide
10. Rocker arm 21. Spring seat
11. Locknut 22. Intake valve
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 100/369
Structure and function Engine body
Camshaft
• Drawn steel bar (Turned)
• Journal and filet portion: Induction hardening
Valve timing
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 101/369
Structure and function Engine body
Flywheel and flywheel housing
Without PTO type
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
For marine engine: Eight flywheel mounting bolts
1. Ring gear (No. of teeth: 148)
2. Flywheel
3. Rear oil seal (Lay-down lip seal)
4. Flywheel housing
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 102/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 103/369
Structure and function Lubrication system
Lubrication system
Lubrication system chart
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Oil pan 12. Piston cooling nozzle
2. Oil strainer 13. Piston
3. Oil pump 14. Camshaft
4. Main relief valve 15. Cam follower
5. Oil cooler 16. Rocker arm
6. Thermostat 17. Intake and exhaust valve
7. Regulator valve 18. Timing gears
8. Valve adapter 19. Turbocharger (S6D140, SA6D140, SAA6D140)
9. Oil filter 20. Fuel injection pump
10. Safety valve
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 104/369
Structure and function Lubrication system
Large capacity oil filter + bypass filter a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Oil pan 13. Piston
2. Oil strainer 14. Camshaft
3. Oil pump 15. Cam follower
4. Main relief valve 16. Rocker arm
5. Oil cooler 17. Intake and exhaust valve
6. Thermostat 18. Timing gears
7. Regulator valve 19. Turbocharger
8. Valve adapter 20. Fuel injection pump
9. Oil filter (full-flow filter x 2) 21. Bypass filter (Installed to depending on the model)
10. Safety valve
11. Crankshaft W: Cooling water
12. Piston cooling nozzle
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 105/369
Structure and function Lubrication system
Oil pump
a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
Oil pump
• Type: Gear pump
• Pump speed: Engine speed x 1.64
Main relief valve
• Set pressure:
0.78 ± 0.05 MPa {8.0 ± 0.5 kg/cm2}
1. Pump cover
2. Drive gear
3. Pump body
4. Pump drive gear (No. of teeth: 22)
5. Valve spring
6. Main relief valve
7. Driven gear
A. Suction (From oil pan)
B. Discharge (To oil cooler)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 106/369
Structure and function Lubrication system
Regulator valve and piston cooling valve
a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
Regulator valve
• Valve opening pressure:
0.3 ± 0.02 MPa {3.2 ± 0.2 kg/cm2}
Piston cooling valve
• Valve opening pressure:
0.14 ± 0.02 MPa {1.4 ± 0.2 kg/cm2}
1. Valve body
2. Valve spring
3. Valve
a. From oil cooler
b. To oil filter
c. From oil filter
d. To main gallery
e. To piston cooling nozzle
f. To oil pan (drain)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 107/369
Structure and function Lubrication system
Oil filter
S6D140-2
SA6D140-2
SAA6D140-2
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
Oil filter
• Filtration area: 0.84 m2
(Rated flow 160 l/min)
For construction machinery, generator
(Rated flow 240 l/min)
For marine engine
Safety valve
• Set pressure: 0.2 ± 0.02 MPa {2.0 ± 0.2 kg/cm2}
1. Filter head
2. Safety valve
3. Cartridge
A. Oil inlet
B. Oil outlet
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 108/369
Structure and function Lubrication system
SDA6D140E-2 (D275A-5, –50°C spec.)a The shape may differ according to the machine model.
Oil filter
• Filtering area: 0.42 m2 (Full-flow)
Safety valve
• Cracking pressure:
245 ± 19 kPa {2.5 ± 0.2 kg/cm2}
1. Safety valve
2. Filter head
3. Cartridge
A. Oil inlet
B. Oil outlet
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 109/369
Structure and function Lubrication system
Large capacity oil filter a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
Oil filter
• Filtration area:1.8 m2 (0.9 m2 x 2)
• Rated flow: 180 l/min.
Safety valve
• Set pressure: 0.2 ± 0.02 MPa {2.0 ± 0.2 kg/cm2}
1. Filter head
2. Safety valve
3. Filter connector
4. Cover
5. Alarm assembly
6. Cartridge
A. Oil inlet
B. Oil outlet
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 110/369
Structure and function Lubrication system
Large capacity oil filter + bypass filter a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
Oil filter
• Filtration area:1.8 m2 (0.9 m2 x 2)
• Rated flow: 180 l/min.
Safety valve
• Set pressure: 0.2 ± 0.02 MPa {2.0 ± 0.2 kg/cm2}
Bypass filter
• Filtration area:1.4 m
2
• Rated flow: 7.5 l/min.
1. Filter head
2. Safety valve
3. Filter connector
4. Cover
5. Alarm assembly
6. Cartridge (Bypass filter)
7. Cartridge (Full-flow filter)
A. Oil inlet
B. Oil outlet
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 111/369
Structure and function Lubrication system
Oil cooler
a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
Thermostat function • Valve cracking temperature: 85 ± 1.5°C
• Full opening temperature: 100°C
• Full opening lift: Min. 8 mm
Oil cooler
• Effective area: 6D140-2 : 0.822 m2
S6D140-2 : 0.822 m2
SA6D140-2 : 0.986 m2
SAA6D140-2 : 0.986 m2
SDA6D140E-2: 0.986 m2
1. Cooler cover 2. Cooler element
6D140-2 : 10 cores
S6D140-2 : 10 cores
SA6D140-2 : 12 cores
SAA6D140-2 : 12 cores
SDA6D140E-2: 12 cores
3. Thermostat
4. Spring
5. Thermostat cover
A. Oil inlet
B. Oil outlet
C. Cooling water
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 112/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 113/369
Structure and function Fuel system
Fuel system
Fuel system chart
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Fuel tank
2. Gauze filter
3. Priming pump
4. Feed pump
5. Fuel filter
6. Fuel injection pump
7. Fuel injection nozzle
8. Over-flow valve
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 114/369
Structure and function Fuel system
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Fuel tank
2. Gauze filter
3. Priming pump
4. Feed pump
5. Fuel filter
6. Fuel injection pump
7. Fuel injection nozzle
8. Over-flow valve
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 115/369
Structure and function Fuel system
Fuel injection pump
SA6D140-2 (D155A-3, D155AX-3, D155AX-5, D155C-1 (–30°C spec., –50°C spec.),
D355C-3, D355C-3 (–30°C spec.), D355C-3 (–50°C spec.))a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
1. Fuel injection pipe (No. 1) 9. Fuel injection pump drive shaft
2. Fuel injection pipe (No. 2) 10. Bearing box
3. Fuel injection pipe (No. 3) 11. Coupling
4. Fuel injection pipe (No. 4) 12. Oil inlet pipe
5. Fuel injection pipe (No. 5) 13. Feed pump
6. Fuel injection pipe (No. 6) 14. Fuel injection pump (With boost compensator)
7. Boost compensator tube 15. Oil outlet pipe
8. Fuel injection pump drive gear (No. of teeth 48)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 116/369
Structure and function Fuel system
Fuel injection pump
• Maker: BOSCH automotive system
• Type: Bosch PE-P
• Lubrication method:
Forced lubrication with engine oil
Governor
• Type: Made by BOSCH automotive system,
Bosch RSUV Centrifugal, all speed type
a: Fuel inlet
b: To fuel filter
c: From fuel filter
d: To fuel injection nozzle
e: Fuel return (Over-flow valve – Fuel tank)
f: Fuel spill (Nozzle – Fuel tank)
g: Engine oil (To fuel injection pump)
h: Engine oil (To engine oil pan)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 117/369
Structure and function Fuel system
SAA6D140-2 (PC750-6, PC800-6)a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
1. Fuel injection pipe (No. 1) 8. Fuel injection pump drive gear (No. of teeth 48)2. Fuel injection pipe (No. 2) 9. Fuel injection pump drive shaft
3. Fuel injection pipe (No. 3) 10. Bearing box
4. Fuel injection pipe (No. 4) 11. Coupling
5. Fuel injection pipe (No. 5) 12. Feed pump
6. Fuel injection pipe (No. 6) 13. Fuel injection pump (With boost compensator)
7. Boost compensator tube 14. Oil outlet pipe
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 118/369
Structure and function Fuel system
Fuel injection pump
• Maker: BOSCH automotive system
• Type: Bosch PE-P
• Lubrication method:
Forced lubrication with engine oil
Governor • Type: Bosch RSUV Centrifugal, all speed type
a: Fuel inlet
b: To fuel filter
c: From fuel filter
d: To fuel injection nozzle
e: Fuel return (Over-flow valve – Fuel tank)
f: Engine oil (To fuel injection pump)
g: Engine oil (To engine oil pan)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 119/369
Structure and function Fuel system
SAA6D140-2 (HD325-6)
1. Fuel injection pipe (No. 1) 9. Fuel injection pump drive shaft
2. Fuel injection pipe (No. 2) 10. Bearing box
3. Fuel injection pipe (No. 3) 11. Coupling
4. Fuel injection pipe (No. 4) 12. Oil outlet pipe
5. Fuel injection pipe (No. 5) 13. Feed pump
6. Boost compensator tube 14. Oil inlet pipe
7. Fuel injection pipe (No. 6) 15. Fuel injection pump8. Fuel injection pump drive gear (No. of teeth 48)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 120/369
Structure and function Fuel system
Fuel injection pump
• Maker: BOSCH automotive system
• Type: Bosch PE-P
• Lubrication method:
Forced lubrication with engine oil
Governor
• Type: Made by BOSCH automotive system,
Bosch RFD Centrifugal, max. – min.
speed control type
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 121/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 122/369
Structure and function Fuel system
Fuel injection pump
• Maker: BOSCH automotive system
• Type: Bosch PE-P
• Lubrication method:
Forced lubrication with engine oil
Governor
• Type: Made by BOSCH automotive system,
Bosch RFD Centrifugal, max. – min.
speed control type
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 123/369
Structure and function Fuel system
Feed pump
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
Functions
• The feed pump sucks fuel from the fuel tank and
supplies (discharge) it through the fuel filter to
the injection pump.
• This feed pump also has the function to maintain
the discharge pressure (rate) at constant 0.1 –
0.2 MPa {1 – 2 kg/cm2} to set the fuel injection
rate of the injection pump (quantity of fuel
injected by each stroke) constant.
1. Cover
2. Priming pump
3. Spring
4. Check valve (intake)
5. Eyebolt
6. Plug
7. Piston spring
8. Piston
9. Push rod
10. Tappet
11. Check valve (exhaust)
A. Fuel inletB. Fuel outlet
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 124/369
Structure and function Fuel system
Fuel injection nozzle
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Fuel inlet connector Fuel injection nozzle
S6D140-2: Made by BOSCH automotive system
Diameter of nozzle hole 0.35 x 7 hole)
SA6D140-2: Made by BOSCH automotive system
(Diameter of nozzle hole 0.36 x 6 hole)
SAA6D140-2: Made by BOSCH automotive system
(Diameter of nozzle hole 0.36 x 6 hole)
• Type: Multi-hole type
• Injection pressure:24.5 MPa {250 kg/cm2}
• Adjusting INJECTION pressure:
Shim adjusting type
2. Nozzle holder
3. Adjustment shim
4. Spring
5. Seat
6. Spacer
7. Nozzle
8. Retaining cap
9. Nozzle needle
a. Fuel inlet (From injection pump)
b. Injection (To cylinder)
c. Fuel return (To fuel tank)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 125/369
Structure and function Fuel system
Fuel filter
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
Fuel filter
• Filtration area: 1.0 m2
1. Filter head
2. Air bleed plug
3. Cartridge
a. Fuel inlet
b. Fuel outlet
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 126/369
Structure and function Fuel system
Engine stop motor
Engine stop motor
• Maker: Jidosha Denki Kogyo Co. Ltd
• Rated voltage: DC24V
• Operating force: 147 N {15 kg} min.
• Stroke: 35 mm • Weight: 1.2 kg
1. Motor assembly
2. Cover
3. Cable assembly
4. Cable clamp
5. Coil spring
6. Cable
7. Screw
8. Breather
9. Bracket assembly
10. Cover assembly
+1.0 –0.4
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 127/369
Structure and function Fuel system
Structural drawing (1)
1. Gear cover assembly
2. Slider assembly
3. Armature shaft
4. Contactor assembly
5. Roller
6. Worm wheel assembly
7. Motor assembly
8. Gear case assembly
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 128/369
Structure and function Fuel system
Structural drawing (2)
1. Gear cover assembly
2. Motor assembly
3. Cable clamp
4. Cable assembly
5. Gear case assembly
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 129/369
Structure and function Fuel system
Description of operation and circuits1. Stop condition (0° or 360°)
The above drawing shows the stopped condition when a closed circuit has been formed.
The slider assembly is stopped at the auto-stop position on the P1 side.
2. When switch is turned (When starting the motor)
When the switch is moved to the P2 side (starting switch ON), an electric current flows from the plus side
contact plate through the P2 auto-stop terminal and switch and into the armature shaft assembly, thereby
starting the motor. The slider assembly starts to move in the direction of the arrow at the same time as the
roller starts to move.
3. Turning condition (90° in the drawing)
Electric current continues to pass through the armature assembly and the motor continues to turn. Because
of the rotation of the roller, the slider assembly also continues to move in the direction of the arrow.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 130/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 131/369
Structure and function Cooling system
Cooling system
Cooling system chart
For construction machinery, generator
1. Radiator
2. Thermostat3. Water-cooled aftercooler (SA6D140-2)
4. Oil cooler
5. Water pump
6. Air compressor
7. Cooling fan
8. Corrosion resistor
A. Oil inlet and outlet
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 132/369
Structure and function Cooling system
SDA6D140E-2 (D275A-5, –50°C spec.)
1. Radiator
2. Radiator (small type)
3. Thermostat
4. Water-cooled aftercooler
5. Corrosion resistor
6. Oil cooler
7. Water pump
8. Air compressor
9. Cooling fan
10. Corrosion resistor (for aftercooler)
11. Water pump (for aftercooler)
A. Oil inlet and outlet
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 133/369
Structure and function Cooling system
For marine engine
1. Sea water aftercooler 10. Heat exchanger
2. Water level sensor 11. Marine gear oil cooler
3. Fresh water tank 12. Spare sea water pump
4. Thermostat 13. Sea water pump
5. Water-cooled exhaust manifold 14. Kingston cock
6. Water thermometer
7. Oil cooler A. Engine oil inlet, outlet8. Water pump B. Marine gear oil inlet, outlet
9. Water temperature rise alarm switch C. Air inlet, outlet
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 134/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 135/369
Structure and function Cooling system
Water pump
Mounting
S6140-2
SA6D140-2SAA6D140-2 (PC750-6, PC800-6)
1. Oil cooler A. From radiator outlet (Cooling water)
From heat exchanger outlet (For marine engines)2. Thermostat housing
3. Water pump B. Via oil cooler to each portion of engine
(Cooling water)
C. To radiator inlet (Cooling water)
To heat exchanger (For marine engines)
D. From thermostat (Cooling water)E. From oil pump (Oil)
F. To each portion of engine (Oil)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 136/369
Structure and function Cooling system
SA6D140-2 (D155A-3, D155AX-3, D155AX-5, D155C-1 (–30°C spec., –50°C spec.),
D355C-3, D355C-3 (–30°C spec.), D355C-3 (–50°C spec.))
SDA6D140E-2 (D275A-5, –50°C spec.)
1. Oil cooler A. From radiator outlet (Cooling water)
2. Thermostat housing B. Via oil cooler to each portion of engine
(Cooling water)3. Water pump
C. To radiator (Cooling water)
D. To oil cooler on machine (Cooling water)
E. From oil pump (Oil)
F. To each portion of engine (Oil)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 137/369
Structure and function Cooling system
SAA6D140-2 (HD325-6)a The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
1. Oil cooler A. From radiator outlet (Cooling water)
2. Thermostat housing B. Via oil cooler to each portion of engine
(Cooling water)3. Water pump
C. To radiator (Cooling water)
D. To oil cooler on machine (Cooling water)
E. From oil pump (Oil)F. To each portion of engine (Oil)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 138/369
Structure and function Cooling system
SDA6D140E-2 (D275A-5, –50°C spec.)
For aftercooler
1. Tube A. From water pump to aftercooler
2. Tube
3. Water pump
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 139/369
Structure and function Cooling system
S6D140-2
SA6D140-2
SAA6D140-2
SDA6D140E-2 (D275A-5, –50°C spec.)
Water pump
• Type: Centrifugal, gear-driven
• Water pump speed : Engine speed x 1.56
• Flow capacity: 800 l/min.
• Total water head: 14 m
1. Alternator drive pulley
2. Oil seal
3. Ball bearing
4. Pump shaft
5. Water pump drive gear (No. of teeth: 23)
6. Pump body
7. Water seal
8. Impeller
9. Pump cover
a. From radiator
b. To oil cooler
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 140/369
Structure and function Cooling system
For aftercooler
SDA6D140E-2 (D275A-5, –50°C spec.)
Water pump
• Type: Centrifugal, gear-driven
• Water pump speed :Engine speed x 1.26
• Flow capacity: 120 l/min.
• Total water head: 3 m
1. Pump shaft
2. Water pump drive gear (No. of teeth: 19)
3. Spacer
4. Seal ring
5. Ball bearing
6. Spacer
7. Ball bearing
8. Gasket
9. Impeller
10. Water seal
11. Plate
a. From radiator b. To aftercooler
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 141/369
Structure and function Cooling system
Thermostat
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine model.
Thermostat
• Valve opening temperature:
76.5 ± 2°C (For construction machine and
generator)
82 ± 2°C (For marine engines)
• Fully opening temperature: 90°C
• Lift and fully opening position:10 mm min.
1. Cylinder block
2. Thermostat housing
3. Thermostat
A. To radiator To heat exchanger
(For marine engines)
B. To water pump
To Brake cooler (HD325)
To oil cooler on machine body
(D155A-3, D155AX-3)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 142/369
Structure and function Cooling system
Corrosion resistor
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
Corrosion resistor
• Filtration area:
6D140-2: 0.13 m2
SA6D140, S6D140-2: 0.13 m
2
SAA6D140, SA6D140-2: 0.373 m2
• Quantity of corrosion preventive agent:
6D140-2: 400 g
SA6D140, S6D140-2: 400 g
SAA6D140, SA6D140-2: 1,000 g
1. Head
2. Cartridge
3. Element
4. Inhibitor (Solid corrosion preventive agent)
5. Spring
6. Stop valve
a. Water inlet
b. Water outlet
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 143/369
Structure and function Cooling system
Corrosion resistor mounting
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Bracket
2. Hose (return from corrosion resistor)3. Valve
4. Corrosion resistor cartridge
5. Hose (to corrosion resistor)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 144/369
Structure and function Cooling system
Cooling fan drive
Tension pulley mount
S6D140-2 for WA500-3a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Fan pulley
2. Tension pulley (Outside diameter: 120mm)
3. Crank pulley (Outside diameter: 164 mm)
4. Fan belt
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 145/369
Structure and function Cooling system
Tension pulley mount
SA6D140-2 for D155A-3, D155AX-3, D155AX-5a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
Fan pulley1. Fan pulley
2. Tension pulley
3. Crank pulley (Outside diameter: 200 mm)
4. Fan belt
Outside
diameter
(mm)
Applicable machine
295 D155A-3, D155AX-3, D155AX-5
316 D155A-3, D155AX-3 (Scraper spec.)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 146/369
Structure and function Cooling system
Tension pulley
SA6D140-2 (D155A-3, D155AX-3, D155AX-5)a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Bracket
2. Spacer
3. Ball bearing
4. Tension pulley (Outside diameter: 118 mm)
5. Oil seal
6. Inner race
7. Needle bearing
8. Coil spring
9. Tension shaft
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 147/369
Structure and function Cooling system
SAA6D140-2 (PC750-6, PC800-6)a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
Pulley outside diameter
Unit: mm
1. Fan pulley
2. Fan belt
3. Crank pulley
4. Tension pulley
5. Tension shaft
6. Tension spring
Model Fan pulleyCrank
pulley
Tension
pulley
PC750-6
PC800-6280 164 118
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 148/369
Structure and function Cooling system
Tension pulley
SAA6D140-2 (PC750-6, PC800-6)a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Tension shaft
2. Roller bearing
3. Tension bracket
4. Oil seal
5. Tension pulley (Outside diameter: 118 mm)
6. Ball bearing
7. Spacer
8. Stopper
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 149/369
Structure and function Cooling system
SAA6D140-2 for HD325-6, HD405-6a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
Fan pulley1. Tension pulley (Outside diameter: 118 mm)
2. Fan pulley
3. Fan mount case
4. Fan belt
5. Crank pulley (Outside diameter: 164 mm)
a. Wind direction
Outside diameter (mm) Applicable machine
275 HD325-6, HD405-6
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 150/369
Structure and function Cooling system
Tension pulley
SAA6D140-2 for HD325-6, HD405-6a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Bracket
2. Spacer
3. Ball bearing
4. Tension pulley (Outside diameter: 118 mm)
5. Bearing
6. Coil spring
7. Tension shaft
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 151/369
Structure and function Cooling system
Fan mount case
SAA6D140-2 for HD325-6, HD405-6a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Fan pulley hub
2. Ball bearing
3. Shaft4. Case
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 152/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 153/369
Structure and function Accessory
Accessory
Air compressor
(Installed depending on the model)
1. Crankshaft a. Air intake
2. Crankcase b. Air exhaust3. Connecting rod c. Unloader
4. Cylinder d. Oil inlet
5. Piston e. Cooling water inlet or outlet
6. Piston ring f. Cooling water outlet or inlet
7. Piston pin
8. Bearing cover
9. Cylinder head
10. Unloader valve
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 154/369
Structure and function Accessory
Air compressor
• Maker: ZEXEL
• Type: Single cylinder, reciprocated
type
• Discharge volume:340 cc/rev.
• Air pressure: 834 kPa {8.5 kg/cm2}
(at full load)
• Weight: 11 kg
Unloader valve
• Valve opening pressure: 618 kPa {6.3 kg/cm2}
• Valve shutting pressure: 530 kPa {5.4 kg/cm2}
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 155/369
Structure and function Accessory
Air compressor mountinga The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Air compressor
2. PTO case
3. Compressor drive gear (No. of teeth: 24)
a. From intake manifold (air)
b. Exhaust (air)
c. From air governor to unloader (air)
d. From cylinder block (cooling water)
e. To cylinder block (cooling water)
f. From cylinder block (oil inlet)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 156/369
Structure and function Accessory
Exhaust brake
Slide valve typea The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
Outline
An exhaust brake is installed between the turbo-
charger and muffler, and works due to the air pres-
sure from the solenoid valve, reducing engine speed
by throttling the exhaust passage of the muffler from
the turbocharger. The exhaust brake consists of a
valve mechanism and an air cylinder which controls
the valve.
1. Valve housing
2. Gate valve
3. Guide bushing
4. Cylinder
5. Spring
6. Spring
7. Piston
8. Retainer
9. Release valve
10. Packing
11. Packing
12. Exhaust pressure adjustment bolt
13. Breather
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 157/369
Structure and function Accessory
Butterfly valve typea The specifications are subject to change according to modification, etc.
1. Air cylinder 9. Valve
2. Stopper bolt (fully open) 10. Spindle
3. Stopper bolt (fully close) 11. Bushing
4. Lever 12. Valve body
5. Yoke 13. Cover
6. Insulator
7. Bushing a: From exhaust brake valve
8. Spindle
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 158/369
Structure and function Accessory
Solenoid valve for exhaust brakea The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Connector A. From air tank
2. Case B. To exhaust brake
3. Core C. Exhaust outlet
4. Coil assembly
5. Spring
6. Plunger
7. Spring
8. Valve
9. Rod
10. Body
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 159/369
Structure and function Accessory
Operation1. When the exhaust brake switch is turned off
If the switch is turned off, solenoid (1) of the
exhaust brake valve is deenergized.
Under this condition, ports A and B of the
exhaust brake are closed, but ports B and C are
open. Accordingly, air in cylinder (5) of the but-
terfly valve returns through port B to port C, then
discharged in the atmosphere, and butterfly
valve (7) fully opens the path from the turbo-
charger to the muffler.
2. When the exhaust brake switch is turned on
If the switch is turned on, solenoid (1) of the
exhaust brake valve is energized, and plunger
(3) and valve (4) move in the direction of to
close ports B and C and open ports A and B. As
the result, air from the dry tank flows in port B,
then to cylinder (5) of the butterfly valve.Then, the cylinder is extracted to move lever (6)
in the direction of , and butterfly valve (7) fully
closes the path from the turbocharger to the
muffler. Accordingly, the engine speed drops
and the downhill travel speed of the machine is
limited.
While the accelerator pedal is pressed, the
exhaust brake limit switch operates so that the
engine brake will not be applied even if the
switch is turned on.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 160/369
Structure and function Electrical system
Electrical system
Alternator
Mountinga The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Alternator a. Alternator pulley (Pulley O.D. 85 mm)
2. Adjust rod b. Alternator drive pulley (Pulley O.D. 132 mm)
3. Nut (2 pieces)
4. Plate
5. Cover
6. V-belt (2 pieces)
7. Spacer
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 161/369
Structure and function Electrical system
Alternator with built-in regulator (Open type 35A)a The shape may differ according to the machine model.
1. Alternator 6. Internal electric circuit diagram
2. Alternator pulley 6A. Primary energized resistance
3. Terminal B 6B. Regulator
4. Terminal R 6C. Field coil
5. Terminal E
Engine model Applicable machine
modelType Specification
Pulley O.D.
(mm)
Weight
(kg)Pulley type
S6D140-2 WA500-3Maker: NIKKO DENKI
Type: Opened (Brushless) 24 V, 35 A 85 9.5 I
SA6D140-2 D155A-3, AX-3, AX-5Maker: NIKKO DENKI
Type: Opened (Brushless)24 V, 35 A 85 9.5 I
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 162/369
Structure and function Electrical system
Alternator with built-in regulator (Open type)a The shape may differ according to the machine model.
1. Alternator 5. Terminals B
2. Alternator pulley 6. Internal electric circuit diagram
3. Terminal R 6A. Field coil
4. Terminal E 6B. Regulator
Engine model Applicable machine
modelType Specification
Pulley O.D.
(mm)
Weight
(kg)
S6D140-2Maker: NIKKO DENKI
Type: Opened (Brushless)24 V, 35 A 85 9.5
SA6D140-2D155A-3, AX-3, D355C-3,
D355C-3 (–30°C spec.)
Maker: NIKKO DENK
Type: Opened (Brushless)24 V, 35 A 85 9.5
SAA6D140-2
Maker: NIKKO DENKI
Type: Opened (Brushless)24 V, 25 A 85 8.5
Maker: NIKKO DENKI
Type: Opened (Brushless)
24 V, 30 A 85 9.5
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 163/369
Structure and function Electrical system
Alternator with built-in regulator (Open type 50A)a The shape may differ according to the machine model.
1. Alternator 6. Internal electric circuit diagram
2. Alternator pulley 6A. Alternator
3. Terminal B 6B. Regulator
4. Terminal E
5. Terminal R
Engine model Applicable machine
modelType Specification
Pulley O.D.
(mm)
Weight
(kg)Pulley type
S6D140-2 GD825A-2Maker: SAWAFUJI DENKI
Type: Opened (Brushless)24 V, 50 A 85 12 II
SA6D140-2D155A-3, AX-3, AX-5 (if
equipped)
Maker: SAWAFUJI DENKI
Type: Opened (Brushless)24 V, 50 A 85 12 II
SAA6D140-2PC750-6, PC800-6
HD325-6, HD405-6
Maker: SAWAFUJI DENKI
Type: Opened (Brushless)24 V, 50 A 85 12 II
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 164/369
Structure and function Electrical system
Alternator with built-in regulator (Open type 50A)a The shape may differ according to the machine model.
1. Alternator 6. Internal electric circuit diagram
2. Alternator pulley 6A. Primary energized resistance
3. Terminal B 6B. Regulator
4. Terminal R 6C. Field coil
5. Terminal E
Engine model Applicable machine
modelType Specification
Pulley O.D.
(mm)
Weight
(kg)Pulley type
SA6D140-2
D155C-1 (–30°C spec.)
D155C-1 (–50°C spec.)
D355C-3
D355C-3 (–30°C spec.)
D355C-3 (–50°C spec.)
Maker: NIKKO DENKI
Type: Opened (Brushless)24 V, 50 A 85 11.0 I
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 165/369
Structure and function Electrical system
Alternator with built-in regulator (Open type 75A)a The shape may differ according to the machine model.
1. Alternator 5. Internal electric circuit diagram
2. Alternator pulley 5A. Alternator
3. Terminal B 5B. Regulator
4. Terminal R
Engine Machine model Type SpecificationOutside diameter
of pulley (mm)
Weight
(kg)
SDA6D140E-2 D275A-5 (–50°C spec.)Sawafuji Denki
Open type (brushless)24 V, 75 A 85 12.5
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 166/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 167/369
Structure and function Electrical system
Starting motor
For 7.5 kWa The shape may differ according to the machine model.
1. Pinion gear 8. External wiring diagram (3-pin connector type)
2. Starting motor assembly 8A. Safety relay portion
3. Magnetic switch 8B. Starting motor portion
4. Safety relay
5. Terminal B S. To starting switch terminal C
6. Terminal C R. To alternator terminal R
7. External wiring diagram (2-pin connector type) E. To ground
7A. Safety relay portion
7B. Starting motor portion
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 168/369
Structure and function Electrical system
Engine model Applicable machine
modelType Specification
Pulley O.D.
(mm)
Weight
(kg)
Connector
type
S6D140-2
Maker: NIKKO DENKI
Type: Closed
(drip-proof, oil proof)
24 V, 7.5 kW 12 18
SA6D140-2
Maker: NIKKO DENKI
Type: Closed
(drip-proof, oil proof)
24 V, 7.5 kW 12 18 B
SAA6D140-2 PC750-6, PC800-6
Maker: NIKKO DENKI
Type: Closed
(drip-proof, oil proof)
24 V, 7.5 kW 12 18 C
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 169/369
Structure and function Electrical system
For 11 kWa The shape may differ according to the machine model.
1. Starting motor assembly 9. External wiring diagram (3-pin connector type)
2. Magnetic switch 9A. Control unit
3. Safety relay 10. External wiring diagram (without safety relay)
4. Pinion gear
5. Terminal B S. To starting switch terminal C
6. Terminal C R. To alternator terminal R
7. Connector E. To ground
8. External wiring diagram (2-pin connector type)
8A. Control unit
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 170/369
Structure and function Electrical system
Engine model Applicable machine
modelType Specification
Number of
pinion
teeth
Weight
(kg)
Connector
type
S6D140-2GD825A-2 Maker: SAWAFUJI DENKI
Type: Closed
(drip-proof, oil proof)
24 V, 11 kW 11 20 B
WA500-3 24 V, 11 kW 11 20 C
SA6D140-2
D155A-2,3, AX-3, AX-5
(X type connector)
Maker: SAWAFUJI DENKI
Type: Closed
(drip-proof, oil proof)
24 V, 11 kW 11 20 C
D155C-1 (–30°C spec.)
D155C-1 (–50°C spec.)
D355C-3
D355C-3 (–30°C spec.)
D355C-3 (–50°C spec.)
24 V, 11 kW 11 20 C
SAA6D140-2HD325-6, HD405-6 Maker: SAWAFUJI DENKI
Type: Closed
(drip-proof, oil proof)
24 V, 11 kW 11 20 C
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 171/369
Structure and function Electrical system
For 11 kWa The shape may differ according to the machine model.
1. Pinion gear 7. External wiring diagram (2-pin connector type)
2. Starting motor assembly 7A. Safety relay portion
3. Magnetic switch 7B. Starting motor portion
4. Terminal B
5. Terminal C S. To starting switch terminal C
6. Safety relay R. To alternator terminal RE. To ground
Engine Machine model Type Specification
No. of
pinion
teeth
Weight
(kg)
Connector
type
SDA6D140E-2 D275A-5 (–50°C spec.)Nikko Denki
Waterproof, oilproof type24 V, 11 kW 12 18 B
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 172/369
Structure and function Electrical system
Electrical intake air heater
S6D140-2a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
Electrical intake air heater
• Rated voltage: DC22 V
• Rated current: 175 A
SA6D140-2
SDA6D140E-2 (D275A-5, –50°C spec.)
Electrical intake air heater • Rated voltage: DC11 V
• Rated current: 86 A
1. Heater body
2. Heater coil
1. Heater body2. Heater coil
3 Terminal
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 173/369
Structure and function Electrical system
Front PTO mounting
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Front PTO
2. O-ring
3. Front PTO drive gear assembly
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 174/369
Structure and function Electrical system
Front PTO assembly
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Shaft
2. Pulley
3. Oil seal
4. Bearing (2 pieces)
5. Housing
6. O-ring
7. Gear (No. of teeth: 14)
8. Snap ring
9. Sleeve
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 175/369
Structure and function Electrical system
Front PTO drive gear assembly
a The specifications may be different from the following figure, depending on the type of machine.
1. Gear (No of teeth: 24) 7. Gasket
2. Snap ring 8. O-ring
3. Pin 9. Bearing (2 pieces)
4. Plate 10. Housing
5. Bolt 11. Shaft
6. Flange
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 176/369
Mounting (adjusting) method of
engine speed sensor............................... 12- 2
Engine body
Adjusting valve clearance......................... 12- 3Measuring compression pressure ............ 12- 4
Fuel system
Testing and adjusting fuel
injection timing.................................. 12- 5
Adjusting fuel injection pressure............... 12- 6
Procedure for adjusting engine
stop motor cable ............................... 12- 7
Cooling system
Checking and adjusting fan belt tension... 12- 9
Fuel injection pump calibration data .............. 12- 10
Performance test ........................................... 12- 26
Run-in standard........................................ 12- 26
Performance test criteria ..........................12- 32
Troubleshooting ............................................. 12- 41
Points to remember when
troubleshooting .......................................12- 43
Method of using troubleshooting charts......... 12- 44
Testing and adjusting tool list......................... 12- 67
Testing and adjusting data ............................. 12- 68
12 Testing and adjusting
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 177/369
Testing and adjusting Mounting (adjusting) method of engine speed sensor
Mounting (adjusting) methodof engine speed sensor
Adjustment of gap between speed sensor and
pin on periphery of flywheel
• The following is the removing and mounting pro-cedure of the engine speed sensor.
1. Turn the crankshaft forward to match pin (1)
driven in the periphery of the flywheel.
2. At this position, tighten speed sensor (2) until it
touches pin (1) of the flywheel, then loosen it by
one turn.
a Gap at this time: 1.0 – 1.2 mm
3. Tighten lock nut (3).
a After adjusting, confirm that the enginecranks smoothly.
Adjustment of gap between speed sensor and
contact surface of ring gear
• The following is the removing and mounting pro-cedure of the engine speed sensor.
1. Tighten sensor (1) until its tip touches ring gear
(2).
2. After sensor (1) touches gear (2), loosen it by
1/2 – 2/3 turns.
a Gap at this time: 0.75 – 1.00 mm
3. Tighten lock nut (3).
a Arrange the sensor wires carefully so that an
excessive force will not be applied to them.
a Take care to keep the sensor tip free from
metallic chips dust, dirt etc.
a The specifications may be different from the
following figure, depending on the machine
model.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 178/369
Testing and adjusting Engine body
Engine body
Adjusting valve clearance
1. Remove the rocker arm housing cover.
2. Rotate the crankshaft in the normal direction.
While watching the movement of the intake
valve of the No. 6 cylinder, bring the No. 1 cylin-
der into the top dead center position of the com-
pression stroke and align the "1.6 TOP" mark on
vibration damper (1) with pointer (2).
a When the No. 1 cylinder comes near the top
dead center of the compression stroke, the
No. 6 intake valve will start to move (open).
3. Adjust the valve clearance for valves marked q
in the valve arrangement chart.
4. Rotate the crankshaft in the normal direction by
one revolution and adjust the valve clearance
for the remaining valves marked Q.
a To adjust the valve clearance, loosen lock
nut (5) on adjustment screw (4), insert the
feeler gauge corresponding to the specified
clearance between crosshead (6) and rocker
arm (7), and adjust the clearance with the
adjustment screw until the thickness gauge
can slide lightly.
5. After the clearance is properly adjusted, tighten
the lock nut to secure the adjustment screw.
3 Lock nut: 58.8 ± 5.9 Nm {6.0 ± 0.6 kgm}
a The engine firing order is 1 – 5 – 3 – 6 – 2 – 4.
a Intake and exhaust valve clearances may be
adjusted for each cylinder in the firing order
by rotating the crankshaft 120° at a time in
the normal direction.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 179/369
Testing and adjusting Engine body
Measuring compressionpressure
Measurement procedurek While measuring the compression pressure,
take care not burn yourself on the exhaustmanifold or muffler, and be careful not to get
caught in any revolving part of the engine.
a Measure the compression pressure while the
engine is warm.
(Oil temperature: 40 – 60°C)
1. Adjust the valve clearance properly. For details,
see ADJUSTING VALVE CLEARANCE.
2. Disconnect fuel injection tube (1).
a When the No. 1 cylinder comes near the top
dead center of the compression stroke, theNo. 6 intake valve will start to move (open).
3. Remove inlet connector (2) and nozzle holder
assembly (3) for each cylinder.
4. Install adapter (4) to the nozzle holder mounting
section of the cylinder to be measured, and
tighten the adapter with retainer (5) to the speci-
fied torque:
3 Torque: 66.7 ± 7.3 Nm {6.8 ± 0.75 kgm}
5. Connect compression gauge A to the adapter.
6. Place the fuel control lever in NO INJECTION
position, crank the engine with the starting
motor, and read the gauge when the pointer is
stabilized.
k If you do not put the fuel control lever in NO
INJECTION position, fuel will blow out.
a Most compression leakage can be
prevented by applying a small amount of oil
to the mounting section of the adapter.
a For the reference values of the compression
pressure, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING
DATA.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 180/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel system
Fuel system
Testing and adjusting fuelinjection timing
• Inspection of fuel injection timing
1. Turn the engine to match stamped line (1) (1-6
TOP) of the damper to pointer (2).
2. Pull out snap pin (3) of the injection timing fixing
pin, and remove nut (4).
3. Pushing pin (5) against the engine, turn the
crankshaft in reverse and insert pin (5) in gear
(6).
4. In this condition, confirm that stamped line "a"
on the injection pump is matched to stampedline "b" on the coupling side.
a If the engine is started or turned forcedly in
this condition, the end of pin (5) will be
broken and caught in the gear, and that can
cause a serious accident.
• Adjustment of fuel injection timing
1. If the stamped line of the fuel injection timing is
found to be deviated, as the result of inspection,
adjust it according to the following procedure.
1) Loosen bolt (7) and shift the coupling to
match the stamped line, then tighten thebolt.
3 Bolt:
58.8 – 62.8 Nm {6.0 – 6.4 kgm}
• Releasing fixing pin
1) Pull pin (5) out of gear (6).
a Pin (5) can be pulled out easily if it is
turned.
a Pull out pin (5) until is stops.
2) Tighten nut (4).
3 Nut:
26.9 – 33.9 Nm {2.74 – 3.46 kgm}
a The nut can be tightened securely if a
flat-head screwdriver is set in the slit of
pin (5) to lock it.
3) Insert snap pin (3) to lock nut (4) and pin (5).
4) Turn on the engine and confirm that it runs
smoothly.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 181/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel system
Adjusting fuel injectionpressure
1. Remove retaining cap (8).
2. Confirm thickness of adjustment shim (3).
3. Insert correct shim (3) in response to the adjust-
ment value of injection pressure.
4. Tighten retaining cap (8), then confirm the fuel
injection pressure.
3 Retaining cap:
58.8 – 68.6 Nm {6 – 7 kgm}
Data for shims used for adjusting injection pressure
6D140-2, S6D140-2, SA6D140-2, SAA6D140-2
Maker BOSCH automotive system
Cracking pressure (MPa {kg/cm2}) 24.5 {250 }
Change in cracking pressure for 0.025 mm
thickness of shim (MPa {kg/cm2})0.34 {3.5}
Thickness of adjustment shim (mm) 0.5 – 1.975 (For each 0.025 mm)
Thickness (mm) Part No. Thickness (mm) Part No.
Shim thickness and maker part number
0.50 150530–4000 0.525 150530–4100
0.55 150530–4200 0.575 150530–4300
0.60 150530–4400 0.625 150530–4500
0.65 150530–4600 0.675 150530–4700
0.70 150530-4800 0.725 150530–4900
0.75 150530–5000 0.775 150530–5100
0.80 150530–5200 0.825 150530–5300
0.85 150530–5400 0.875 150530–5500
0.90 150530–5600 0.925 150530–5700
0.95 150530–5800 0.975 150530–5900
1.00 150530–6000 1.025 150530–6100
1.05 150530–6200 1.075 150530–6300
1.10 150530–6400 1.125 150530–6500
1.15 150530–6600 1.175 150530–6700
1.20 150530–6800 1.225 150530–6900
O O O O
1.95 150530–9800 1.975 150530–9900
+1.3+0.5
+13+5
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 182/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel system
Procedure for adjustingengine stop motor cable
S6D140-2 for GD825A-2, WA500-31. Temporarily attach the ball joint connected to the
injection pump to the cable of the engine stopmotor.
2. Pull injection pump stop lever (2) to the ENGINE
STOP (fuel non-injection) position, temporarily
attach the ball joint to the stop lever, then fix
cable (4) to bracket (3).
a The engine stop motor cable is housed in the
pulled condition.
a When the lever is free, the stop lever is in the
OPERATING position (built-in spring).
3. When the engine is stopped (at time of installa-tion), clearance a between stop lever (2) of the
injection pump and lever stopper (1) should be
0.5 – 1.5 mm. Adjustment is made according to
the depth that the ball joint is screwed in.
4. After adjusting the clearance between the stop-
per and lever, tighten each bolt and nut.
5. Turn the engine starting switch ON and OFF a
few times to confirm that the engine stop motor
actuated smoothly. Be especially sure to confirm
that there is a clearance between the stop lever
and stopper when the engine is stopped.a The engine stop motor has built-in limit
switches on both sides of the cable stroke.
a When the engine is running, there is some
slack in the engine stop motor cable. A
spring built into the injection pump actuates
to hold the opening position.
• Engine stop motor stroke: 35 mm
• Injection pump stop lever stroke: 30 mm
1. Lever stopper
2. Fuel injection pump stop lever
3. Bracket
4. Cable
5. Joint
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 183/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel system
SAA6D140-2 for HD325-6, HD405-61. Temporarily attach the ball joint connected to the
injection pump to the cable of the engine stop
motor.
2. Pull injection pump stop lever (1) to the ENGINE
STOP (fuel non-injection) position, temporarily
attach the ball joint to the stop lever, then fix
cable (3) to bracket (2).
a The engine stop motor cable is housed in the
pulled condition.
a When the lever is free, the stop lever is in the
OPERATING position (built-in spring).
3. When the engine is stopped (at time of installa-
tion), clearance a between stop lever (1) of the
injection pump and the lever stopper (built-in to
pump) should be 0.5 – 1.5 mm. Check clear-
ance by movement of cable due to stopper isbuilt into pump housing. Adjustment is made
according to the depth that the ball joint is
screwed in.
4. After adjusting the clearance between the stop-
per and lever, tighten each bolt and nut.
5. Turn the engine starting switch ON and OFF a
few times to confirm that the engine stop motor
actuated smoothly. Be especially sure to confirm
that there is a clearance between the stop lever
and stopper when the engine is stopped.a The engine stop motor has built-in limit
switches on both sides of the cable stroke.
a When the engine is running, there is some
slack in the engine stop motor cable. A
spring built into the injection pump actuates
to hold the opening position.
• Engine stop motor stroke: 35 mm
• Injection pump stop lever stroke: 30 mm
1. Stop lever
2. Bracket
3. Cable
4. Ball Joint
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 184/369
Testing and adjusting Cooling system
Cooling system
Checking and adjusting fan belt tension
Unit: mm
1. Adjustment nut
2. Washer
3. Tension spring
4. Adjustment bolt
5. Tension pulley
A. Protrusion of adjustment bolt
Engine model
Applicable
machine Dimension A
SAA6D140-2PC750-6
PC800-644 ± 3
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 185/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel injection pump calibration data
Fuel injection pump calibration data
Engine model Pump assembly No. Engine serial No. Applicable machine Page
S6D140-2
6211-72-1310 WA500-3 12-11
6211-72-1470 GD825A-2 12-16
SA6D140-2
6212-72-1120 D155A-3, D155AX-3 12-12
6211-72-1140 D155AX-5 12-23
6211-72-1150 D155A-2 12-18
6211-72-1160 D355C-3, D355C-3 (–30°C spec.),
D355C-3 (–50°C spec.) 12-19
6211-72-1170 D155AX-5 12-24
6211-72-1180 D155C-1 (–30°C spec.)
D155C-1 (–50°C spec.) 12-25
6212-72-1430 PC1600SP-1 12-17
6212-72-1830 J6D140E-G1-2 (with electronic governor)
(TAIYO DENKI generator) 12-21
6212-72-1840 J6D140E-G1-2 (with mechanical governor)
(TAIYO DENKI generator) 12-22
6212-72-1860 DCA400SSK-2 (DENYO generator) 12-13
6212-72-1860 DCA-400SSK (For MQ generator) 12-20
SAA6D140-2
6212-72-1250HD325-6 (with mechanical governor)
12-14HD405-6 (with mechanical governor)
6212-72-1421 PC750-6, PC800-6, PC1800-6 12-15
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 186/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel injection pump calibration data
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 187/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 188/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel injection pump calibration data
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 189/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel injection pump calibration data
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 190/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel injection pump calibration data
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 191/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel injection pump calibration data
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 192/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel injection pump calibration data
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 193/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel injection pump calibration data
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 194/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel injection pump calibration data
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 195/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel injection pump calibration data
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 196/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel injection pump calibration data
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 197/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel injection pump calibration data
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 198/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel injection pump calibration data
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 199/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel injection pump calibration data
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 200/369
Testing and adjusting Fuel injection pump calibration data
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 201/369
Testing and adjusting Performance test
Performance test
Run-in standard
a The table gives the standard values for machines without fan.
a The loads for the dynamometer are at an arm's length of 716 mm.
Engine
model
Applicable
machineItem
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6
S6D140-2
GD825A-2
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 650 1,300 1,650 1,900 2,100
LoadN
{kg}
0
{0}
343
{35}
686
{70}
1,030
{105}
1,373
{140}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
33.9
{45.4}
85.4
{114.4}
147.2
{197.2}
216.4
{289.9}
WA500-3
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 725 1,000 1,200 1,500 2,100
LoadN
{kg}
0
{0}
392
{40}
785
{80}
1,177
{120}
1,569
{160}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
29.4
{39.4}
70.7
{94.7}
132.5
{177.5}
247.3
{331.3}
Running time min.
Engine speed rpm
LoadN
{kg}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
Running time min.
Engine speed rpm
LoadN
{kg}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
Running time min.
Engine speed rpm
LoadN
{kg}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 202/369
Testing and adjusting Performance test
a The table gives the standard values for machines without fan.
a The loads for the dynamometer are at an arm's length of 716 mm.
Engine
model
Applicable
machineItem
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6
SA6D140-2
D155A-3
D155AX-3
Running time min. 2 8 7 10 3
Engine speed rpm 700 1,100 1,450 1,710 1,900
LoadN
{kg}
0
{0}
432
{44}
863
{88}
1,285
{131}
1,716
{175}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
35.6
{47.7}
93.9
{128.5}
164.9
{220.9}
244.7
{327.8}
PC1600SP-1
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 750 1,000 1,200 1,500 1,800
LoadN
{kg}
0
{0}
618
{63}
1,226
{125}
1,844
{188}
2,452
{250}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
46.4
{62.1}
110.4
{147.9}
207.6
{278.1}
331.2
{443.7}
DCA400SSK-2
(DENYO
generator)
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 800 1,000 1,200 1,500 1,800
LoadN
{kg}
0
{0}
539
{55}
1,844
{188}
2,157
{220}
2,707
{276}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
40.5
{54.2}
166.3
{222.8}
242.9
{325.4}
365.8
{490.0}
D155A-2
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 550 – 650 1,000 1,200 1,500 2,000
LoadN
{kg}
0
{0}
353
{36}
883
{90}
1,410
{144}
1,770
{180}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
26
{35}
79
{106}
159
{213}
265
{355}
D355C-3
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 700 – 750 1,000 1,200 1,500 2,000
LoadN
{kg}
0
{0}
373
{38}
932
{95}
1,490
{152}
1,860
{190}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
28
{37}
84
{112}
168
{225}
279
{375}
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 203/369
Testing and adjusting Performance test
a The table gives the standard values for machines without fan.
a The loads for the dynamometer are at an arm's length of 716 mm.
Engine
model
Applicable
machineItem
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6
SA6D140-2
DCA-400SSK
(MQ
generator)
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 800 1,000 1,200 1,500 1,800
LoadN
{kg}
0
{0}
540
{55}
1,840
{188}
2,160
{220}
2,700
{276}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
40
{54}
166
{223}
243
{325}
366
{490}
J6D140E-GI-2
(TAIYO DENKI
generator)
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 800 1,000 1,200 1,500 1,800
LoadN
{kg}
0
{0}
470
{48}
1,180
{120}
1,880
{192}
2,350
{240}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
35
{48}
106
{146}
212
{292}
318
{438}
D155AX-5
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 700 1,000 1,200 1,500 1,900
Load
N
{kg}
0
{0}
353
{36}
883
{90}
1,410
{144}
1,770
{180}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
26
{36}
79
{109}
159
{219}
252
{347}
D155C-1
(–30°C spec.)
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 725 1,000 1,200 1,500 2,000
LoadN
{kg}
0
{0}
667
{68}
1,670
{170}
2,670
{272}
3,330
{340}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
50
{67}
150
{201}
300
{402}
500
{670}
D155C-1
(–50°C spec.)
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 725 1,000 1,200 1,500 2,000
LoadN
{kg}
0
{0}
667
{68}
1,670
{170}
2,670
{272}
3,330
{340}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
50
{67}
150
{201}
300
{402}
500
{670}
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 204/369
Testing and adjusting Performance test
a The table gives the standard values for machines without fan.
a The loads for the dynamometer are at an arm's length of 716 mm.
Engine
model
Applicable
machineItem
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6
SA6D140-2
D355C-3
(–30°C spec.)
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 700 – 750 1,000 1,200 1,500 2,000
LoadN
{kg}
0
{0}
373
{38}
932
{95}
1,490
{152}
1,860
{190}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
28
{37}
84
{112}
168
{225}
279
{375}
D355C-3
(–50°C spec.)
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 700 – 750 1,000 1,200 1,500 2,000
LoadN
{kg}
0
{0}
373
{38}
932
{95}
1,490
{152}
1,860
{190}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
28
{37}
84
{112}
168
{225}
279
{375}
SAA6D140-2
HD325-6
HD405-6
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 800 1,300 1,650 1,900 2,100
Load
N
{kg}
0
{0}
588
{60}
1,177
{120}
1,765
{180}
2,354
{240}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
57.4
{76.9}
145.7
{195.2}
251.7
{337.2}
370.9
{496.9}
HD325-6
(High altitude
spec.)
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 725 1,000 1,200 1,500 2,000
LoadN
{kg}
0
{0}
490
{50}
1,030
{105}
1,569
{160}
1,961
{200}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
36.8
{49.3}
92.7
{124.2}
176.6
{236.6}
294.4
{394.4}
PC750-6
PC800-6
PC1800-6
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 825 1,000 1,200 1,500 1,800
LoadN
{kg}
0
{0}
588
{60}
1,275
{130}
2,060
{210}
2,550
{260}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
44
{60}
115
{156}
232
{315}
344
{463}
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 205/369
Testing and adjusting Performance test
a The table gives the standard values for machines without fan.
a The loads for the dynamometer are at an arm's length of 716 mm.
Engine
model
Applicable
machineItem
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6
SDA6D140E-2D275A-5
(–50°C spec.)
Running time min. 2 8 2 3 5
Engine speed rpm 700 1,000 1,200 1,500 2,000
LoadN
{kg}
0
{0}
441
{45}
1,110
{113}
1,770
{180}
2,220
{226}
Flywheel
horsepower
kW
{HP}
0
{0}
33
{45}
100
{136}
199
{270}
332
{452}
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 206/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 207/369
Testing and adjusting Performance test
Performance test criteria
a The table gives the standard values using the JIS compensator factor.
a The values in the table are the standard values for machines with the muffler installed, air cleaner installed,
alternator under no load, and air compressor open (if installed).
aThe loads for the dynamometer are at an arm's length of 716 mm.
Engine model Applicable
machineTest item Specified value
Engine speed
(rpm)
Dynamometer load
(N {kg})
S6D140-2
GD825A-2
Flywheel
horsepower
209.0 kW/2,100 rpm
{280.0 HP/2,100 rpm}2,095 – 2,105
1,360 – 1,440
{139 – 147}
Maximum
torque
1,255 Nm/1,400 rpm
{128 kgm/1,400 rpm}1,300 – 1,500
1,730 – 1,840
{177 – 187}
High idling
speed2,300 – 2,400 rpm 2,300 – 2,400 —
Low idling
speed600 – 650 rpm 600 – 650 —
WA500-3
Flywheelhorsepower
235.5 kW/2,100 rpm{315.5 HP/2,100 rpm}
2,095 – 2,105 1,520 – 1,610{155 – 164}
Maximum
torque
1,373 Nm/1,400 rpm
{140 kgm/1,400 rpm}1,350 – 1,450
1,890 – 2,010
{193 – 205}
High idling
speed2,300 – 2,400 rpm 2,300 – 2,400 —
Low idling
speed700 – 750 rpm 700 – 750 —
Flywheel
horsepower
Maximum
torque
High idlingspeed
Low idling
speed
Flywheel
horsepower
Maximum
torque
High idling
speed
Low idling
speed
Flywheelhorsepower
Maximum
torque
High idling
speed
Low idling
speed
Flywheel
horsepower
Maximum
torque
High idlingspeed
Low idling
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 208/369
Testing and adjusting Performance test
a For fuel, use ASTM D975 No. 1 or No. 2.
aFor lubricant, use SAE15W-40 or SAE30 oil.
Flywheel
horsepower
(kW{HP})
Torque
(Nm{kgm})
Fuel
consumption
(sec/200cc)
Coolant
temperature
(°C)
Lubrication oil
temperature
(°C)
Lubrication
oil pressure
(kPa {kg/cm2})
Exhaust
temperature
(°C)
214.5 – 227.1
{287.4 – 304.2}— Min. 17.3 70 – 90 90 – 110
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}
Max. 650
Max. 650
1,242 – 1,316
{126.6 – 134.2}70 – 90 90 – 110 —
— 70 – 90 90 – 110 — —
— 70 – 90 Min. 80 Min. 120 {1.2} —
238.9 – 253.6{320.1 – 339.8}
— Min. 15.7 70 – 90 90 – 110 340 – 490{3.5 – 5.0}
Max. 650
1,352 – 1,439
{137.9 – 146.7}70 – 90 90 – 110 — Max. 650
— 70 – 90 90 – 110 — —
— 70 – 90 Min. 80 Min. 118 {1.2} —
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 209/369
Testing and adjusting Performance test
a The table gives the standard values using the JIS compensator factor.
a The values in the table are the standard values for machines with the muffler installed, air cleaner installed,
alternator under no load, and air compressor open (if installed).
a The loads for the dynamometer are at an arm's length of 716 mm.
Engine model Applicable
machine Test item Specified value Engine speed (rpm)Dynamometer load
(N {kg})
SA6D140-2
D155A-3
D155AX-3
Flywheel
horsepower
225.2 kW/1,900 rpm
{301.7 HP/1,900 rpm}1,895 – 1,905
1,671 – 1,773
{170.4 – 180.8}
Maximum
torque
1,432 Nm/1,300 rpm
{146 kgm/1,300 rpm}1,250 – 1,350
2,002 – 2,124
{204.1 – 216.6}
High idling
speed2,050 – 2,150 rpm 2,050 – 2,150 —
Low idling
speed700 – 725 rpm 700 – 725 —
PC1600SP-1
Flywheel
horsepower
316.5 kW/1,800 rpm
{424.0 HP/1,800 rpm}1,795 – 1,805
2,378 – 2,525
{242.5 – 257.5}
Maximumtorque
1,863 Nm/1,400 rpm{190 kgm/1,400 rpm}
1,300 – 1,500 2,606 – 2,764{265.7 – 281.8}
High idling
speed1,930 – 2,030 rpm 1,930 – 2,030 —
Low idling
speed725 – 775 rpm 725 – 775 —
DCA400SSK-2
(DENYO
generator)
Flywheel
horsepower
309.9 kW/1,500 rpm (50Hz)
{415.1 HP/1,500 rpm} (50Hz)1,495 – 1,505 (50Hz)
2,714 – 2,883 (50Hz)
{276.7 – 294.0} (50Hz)
357.0 kW/1,800 rpm (60Hz)
{478.2 HP/1,800 rpm} (60Hz)1,795 – 1,805 (60Hz)
2,621 – 2,783 (60Hz)
{267.3 – 283.8} (60Hz)
Maximum
torque— —
High idlingspeed Max. 1,568 rpm (50Hz)Max. 1,881 rpm (60Hz) Max. 1,568 (50Hz)Max. 1,881 (60Hz) —
Low idling
speed800 – 850 rpm 800 – 850 —
D155A-2
Flywheel
horsepower
253 kW/2,000 rpm
{339 HP/2,000 rpm}1,995 – 2,005
1,730 – 1,820
{176 – 186}
Maximum
torque
1,608 Nm/1,400 rpm
{164 kgm/1,400 rpm}1,300 – 1,500
2,230 – 2,350
{227 – 240}
High idling
speed2,200 – 2,280 rpm 2,200 – 2,280 —
Low idling
speed550 – 650 rpm 550 – 650 —
D355C-3
Flywheel
horsepower
265 kW/2,000 rpm
{355 HP/2,000 rpm} 1,995 – 2,0051,790 – 1,900
{183 – 194}
Maximum
torque
1,570 Nm/1,400 rpm
{160 kgm/1,400 rpm}1,300 – 1,500
2,180 – 2,300
{222 – 235}
High idling
speed2,200 – 2,280 rpm 2,200 – 2,280 —
Low idling
speed700 – 750 rpm 700 – 750 —
DCA-400SSK
(MQ generator)
Flywheel
horsepower 357 kW/1,800 rpm (60 Hz)
{478 HP/1,800 rpm} (60 Hz)1,795 – 1,805 (60 Hz)
2,620 – 2,780 (60 Hz)
{267 – 284} (60 Hz)
Maximum
torque— — —
High idling
speed Max. 1,890 rpm (60 Hz) Max. 1,890 (60 Hz) —
Low idling800 – 850 rpm 800 – 850 —
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 210/369
Testing and adjusting Performance test
a For fuel, use ASTM D975 No. 1 or No. 2.
a For lubricant, use SAE15W-40 or SAE30 oil.
Flywheel
horsepower(kW{HP})
Torque
(Nm{kgm})
Fuel
consumption(sec/200cc)
Coolant
temperature(°C)
Lubrication oil
temperature(°C)
Lubrication
oil pressure(kPa {kg/cm2})
Exhaust
temperature(°C)
238.2 – 252.9
{319.1 – 338.8}Min. 16.8 70 – 90 90 – 110
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}Max. 650
1,433 – 1,521
{146.1 – 155.1}70 – 90 90 – 110 — Max. 650
— 70 – 90 90 – 110 — —
— 70 – 90 Min. 80 Min. 118 {1.2} —
321.3 – 341.1
{430.4 – 457.0}— Min. 12.3 70 – 90 90 – 110
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}Max. 650
1,865 – 1,979{190.2 – 201.8}
— 70 – 90 90 – 110 — Max. 650
— — — 70 – 90 90 – 110 — —
— — — 70 – 90 Min. 80 Min. 120 {1.2} —
305.4 – 324.6 (50Hz)
{409.2 – 434.8} (50Hz)
Min. 13.0 (50Hz)
Min. 10.6 (60 Hz)70 – 90 90 – 110
290 – 490 (50Hz)
{3.0 – 5.0} (50Hz)Max. 650
354.0 – 376.1 (60Hz)
{474.3 – 503.8} (60Hz)70 – 90 90 – 110
290 – 490 (60Hz)
{3.0 – 5.0} (60Hz)Max. 650
— — —
— — 70 – 90 90 – 110 —
— — 70 – 90 Min. 80 Min. 180 {1.8} —
258 – 274
{346 – 368}— — 70 – 90 90 – 110
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}Max. 650
—1,590 – 1,690
{162 – 172}— 70 – 90 90 – 110 — Max. 680
— — — 70 – 90 90 – 110 — —
— — — 70 – 90 80 – 110 Min. 120 {1.2} —
269 – 285{361 – 382} — — 70 – 90 90 – 110 340 – 490{3.5 – 5.0} Max. 650
—1,560 – 1,650
{159 – 168}— 70 – 90 90 – 110 — Max. 680
— — — 70 – 90 90 – 110 — —
— — — 70 – 90 80 – 110 Min. 120 {1.2} —
354 – 376 (60 Hz)
{474 – 504} (60 Hz)— Min. 10.6 (60 Hz) 70 – 90 90 – 110
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}Max. 650
— — — — — — —
— — — 70 – 90 90 – 110 — —
— — — 70 – 90 90 – 110 Min 180 {1 8} —
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 211/369
Testing and adjusting Performance test
a The table gives the standard values using the JIS compensator factor.
a The values in the table are the standard values for machines with the muffler installed, air cleaner installed,
alternator under no load, and air compressor open (if installed).
a The loads for the dynamometer are at an arm's length of 716 mm.
Engine model Applicable
machine Test item Specified value Engine speed (rpm)Dynamometer load
(N {kg})
SA6D140-2
J6D140E-G1-2
(TAIYO DENKI
generator)
Flywheel
horsepower 271 kW/1,500 rpm (Net, 50Hz)
374 HP/1,500 rpm (Net, 50Hz)1,495 – 1,505 (50 Hz)
2,430 – 2,580
{248 – 263}
299 kW/1,800 rpm (Net, 60Hz)
412 HP/1,800 rpm (Net, 60Hz)1,795 – 1,805 (60 Hz)
2,290 – 2,420
{233 – 247}
High idling
speed
Max. 1,575 rpm (50 Hz)
Max. 1,890 rpm (60 Hz)
Max. 1,575 (50 Hz)
Max. 1,890 (60 Hz)—
Low idling
speed700 – 725 rpm 700 – 900 —
D155AX-5
Flywheel
horsepower
232 kW/1,900 rpm (Net)
{320 HP/1,900 rpm} (Net)1,895 – 1,905
1,730 – 1,820
{176 – 186}
Maximumtorque
1,610 Nm/1,250 rpm (Net){164 kgm/ 1,250 rpm} (Net)
1,150 – 1,350 2,250 – 2,380{229 – 243}
High idling
speed2,050 – 2,150 rpm 2,050 – 2,150 —
Low idling
speed675 – 725 rpm 675 – 725 —
D155C-1
(–30°C spec.)
Flywheel
horsepower
225 kW/2,000 rpm (Gross)
{342 HP/2,000 rpm} (Gross)1,995 – 2,005
1,650 – 1,750
{168.5 – 178.5}
Maximum
torque
1,490 Nm/1,400 rpm (Gross)
{152 kgm/1,400 rpm} (Gross)1,300 – 1,500
2,020 – 2,150
{206 – 219}
High idling
speed2,190 – 2,290 rpm 2,190 – 2,290 —
Low idlingspeed 700 – 750 rpm 700 – 750 —
D155C-1
(–50°C spec.)
Flywheel
horsepower
225 kW/2,000 rpm (Gross)
{342 HP/2,000 rpm} (Gross)1,995 – 2,005
1,650 – 1,750
{168.5 – 178.5}
Maximum
torque
1,490 Nm/1,400 rpm (Gross)
{152 kgm/1,400 rpm} (Gross)1,300 – 1,500
2,020 – 2,150
{206 – 219}
High idling
speed2,190 – 2,290 rpm 2,190 – 2,290 —
Low idling
speed700 – 750 rpm 700 – 750 —
D355C-3
(–30°C spec.)
Flywheel
horsepower
265 kW/2,000 rpm (Net)
{355 HP/2,000 rpm} (Net)1,995 – 2,005
1,790 – 1,900
{183 – 194}
Maximum
torque
1,570 Nm/1,400 rpm (Net)
{160 kgm/1,400 rpm} (Net) 1,300 – 1,5002,180 – 2,300
{222 – 235}
High idling
speed2,200 – 2,280 rpm 2,200 – 2,280 —
Low idling
speed700 – 750 rpm 700 – 750 —
D355C-3
(–50°C spec.)
Flywheel
horsepower
265 kW/2,000 rpm (Net)
{355 HP/2,000 rpm} (Net)1,995 – 2,005
1,790 – 1,900
{183 – 194}
Maximum
torque
1,570 Nm/1,400 rpm (Net)
{160 kgm/1,400 rpm} (Net)1,300 – 1,500
2,180 – 2,300
{222 – 235}
High idling
speed2,200 – 2,280 rpm 2,200 – 2,280 —
Low idling
speed 700 – 750 rpm 700 – 750 —
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 212/369
Testing and adjusting Performance test
a For fuel, use ASTM D975 No. 1 or No. 2.
a For lubricant, use SAE15W-40 or SAE30 oil.
Flywheel
horsepower(kW{HP})
Torque
(Nm{kgm})
Fuel
consumption(sec/200cc)
Coolant
temperature(°C)
Lubrication oil
temperature(°C)
Lubrication
oil pressure(kPa {kg/cm2})
Exhaust
temperature(°C)
273.6 – 289.8 (Gross, 50 Hz)
{337.3 – 399.6} (Gross, 50 Hz)— Min. (50 Hz) 70 – 90 90 – 110
290 – 490
{3.0 – 5.0}Max. 650
308.9 – 326.6 (Gross, 60 Hz)
{425.9 – 450.4} (Gross, 60 Hz)— Min. (60 Hz) 70 – 90 90 – 110
290 – 490
{3.0 – 5.0}Max. 650
— — 70 – 90 90 – 110 — —
— — 70 – 90 80 – 110 Min. 120 {1.2} —
245 – 260 (Gross)
{328 – 348} (Gross)— — 70 – 90 90 – 110
343 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}Max. 650
— 1,608 – 1,706 (Gross){164 – 174} (Gross)
— 70 – 90 90 – 110 — Max. 650
— — — 70 – 90 90 – 110 — —
— — — 70 – 90 80 – 110 Min. 120 {1.2} —
248 – 262 (Gross)
{332 – 352} (Gross)— — 70 – 90 90 – 110
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}Max. 650
—1,447 – 1,535 (Gross)
{147.5 – 156.5} (Gross)— 70 – 90 90 – 110 — Max. 650
— — — 70 – 90 90 – 110 — —
— — — 70 – 90 80 – 110 Min. 180 {1.8} —
248 – 262 (Gross)
{332 – 352} (Gross)— — 70 – 90 90 – 110
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}Max. 650
—1,447 – 1,535 (Gross)
{147.5 – 156.5} (Gross)— 70 – 90 90 – 110 — Max. 650
— — — 70 – 90 90 – 110 — —
— — — 70 – 90 80 – 110 Min. 180 {1.8} —
269 – 285 (Gross)
{361 – 382} (Gross)— — 70 – 90 90 – 110
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}Max. 650
— 1,560 – 1,650 (Gross){159 – 168} (Gross) — 70 – 90 90 – 110 — Max. 680
— — — 70 – 90 90 – 110 — —
— — — 70 – 90 80 – 110 Min. 120 {1.2} —
269 – 285 (Gross)
{361 – 382} (Gross)— — 70 – 90 90 – 110
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}Max. 650
—1,560 – 1,650 (Gross)
{159 – 168} (Gross)— 70 – 90 90 – 110 — Max. 680
— — — 70 – 90 90 – 110 — —
— — — 70 – 90 80 – 110 Min. 120 {1.2} —
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 213/369
Testing and adjusting Performance test
a The table gives the standard values using the JIS compensator factor.
a The values in the table are the standard values for machines with the muffler installed, air cleaner installed,
alternator under no load, and air compressor open (if installed).
a The loads for the dynamometer are at an arm's length of 716 mm.
Engine model Applicable
machine Test item Specified value Engine speed (rpm)Dynamometer load
(N {kg})
SAA6D140-2
HD325-6
HD405-6
Flywheel
horsepower
379.0 kW/2,000 rpm
{507.8 HP/2,000 rpm}1,995 – 2,005
2,398 – 2,545
{244.5 – 259.5}
Maximum
torque
2,167 Nm/1,350 rpm
{214 kgm/1,350 rpm}1,300 – 1,500
2,902 – 3,083
{296.0 – 314.4}
High idling
speed2,300 – 2,450 rpm 2,300 – 2,400 —
Low idling
speed675 – 775 rpm 675 – 775 —
HD325-6
(High altitude
spec.)
Flywheel
horsepower
306.9 kW/2,000 rpm
{411.2 HP/2,000 rpm}1,995 – 2,005
1,930 – 2,053
{196.8 – 209.3}
Maximumtorque
1,755 Nm/1,400 rpm{179 kgm/1,400 rpm}
1,300 – 1,500 2,351 – 2,487{239.7 – 253.6}
High idling
speed2,350 – 2,450 rpm 2,350 – 2,450 2,350 – 2,450
Low idling
speed675 – 775 rpm 675 – 775 675 – 775
PC750-6
PC800-6
PC1800-6
Flywheel
horsepower
331.2 kW/1,800 rpm
{443.7 HP/1,800 rpm}1,795 – 1,805
2,378 – 2,525
{242.5 – 257.5}
Maximum
torque
2,099 Nm/1,350 rpm
{214 kgm/1,350 rpm}1,250 – 1,450
1,508 – 1,601
{153.8 – 163.3}
High idling
speed1,930 – 2,030 rpm —
Low idlingspeed 800 – 850 rpm —
SDA6D140E-2
D275A-5
(–50°C spec.)
Flywheel
horsepower
332 kW/2,000 rpm
{446 HP/2,000 rpm}1,995 – 2,005
2,177 – 2,305
{222 – 235}
Maximum
torque
2,030 Nm/1,400 rpm
{207 kgm/1,400 rpm}1,300 – 1,500 Min. 2,834 {289}
High idling
speed 2,150 – 2,250 rpm 2,150 – 2,250 —
Low idling
speed650 – 750 rpm 650 – 750 —
Flywheel
horsepower
Maximum
torque
High idling
speed
Low idling
speed
Flywheel
horsepower
Maximum
torque
High idling
speed
Low idling
speed
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 214/369
Testing and adjusting Performance test
a For fuel, use ASTM D975 No. 1 or No. 2.
a For lubricant, use SAE15W-40 or SAE30 oil.
Flywheel
horsepower(kW{HP})
Torque
(Nm{kgm})
Fuel
consumption(sec/200cc)
Coolant
temperature(°C)
Lubrication oil
temperature(°C)
Lubrication
oil pressure(kPa {kg/cm2})
Exhaust
temperature(°C)
359.9 – 381.7
{482.2 – 511.7}Min. 11.2 70 – 95 90 – 110
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}Max. 650
2,079 – 2,208
{212.0 – 225.2}— 70 – 95 90 – 110 — —
— — 70 – 80 90 – 110 — —
— — 70 – 80 Min. 80 Min. 118 {1.2} —
289.6 – 308.0
{388.0 – 412.6}— Min. 13.5 70 – 85 90 – 110
343 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}650
1,683 – 1,781{171.6 – 181.6}
70 – 85 90 – 110 — 700
— 70 – 85 90 – 110 — —
— 70 – 85 90 – 110 Min. 147 {1.5} —
321.3 – 341.1
{430.4 – 457.0}— Min. 12.3 70 – 95 90 – 110
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}Max. 650
—2,036 – 2,161
{207.6 – 220.4}70 – 95 90 – 110 — —
— — 70 – 90 90 – 110 — —
— — 70 – 90 80 – 110 Min. 118 {1.2} —
325 – 345
{436 – 463}— Min. 11.8 70 – 90 90 – 110
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}Max. 650
Min. 2,030 {207} — 70 – 90 90 – 110340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}—
— — 70 – 90 90 – 110340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}—
— — 70 – 90 80 – 110 Min. 118 {1.2} —
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 215/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 216/369
Points to remember when troubleshooting.................................................................................................. 12- 43
Method of using troubleshooting charts ......................................................................................................12- 44
S-1 Starting performance is poor (starting always takes time) ................................................................ 12- 48
S-2 Engine does not start ........................................................................................................................ 12- 49
S-3 Engine does not pick up smoothly (follow-up is poor).......................................................................12- 52
S-4 Engine stops during operations ........................................................................................................ 12- 53
S-5 Engine does not rotate smoothly (hunting) ....................................................................................... 12- 54
S-6 Engine lacks output (no power) ........................................................................................................ 12- 55
S-7 Exhaust smoke is black (incomplete combustion) ............................................................................12- 56
S-8 Oil consumption is excessive (or exhaust smoke is blue)................................................................. 12- 57
S-9 Oil becomes contaminated quickly ................................................................................................... 12- 58
S-10 Fuel consumption is excessive ......................................................................................................... 12- 59
S-11 Oil is in cooling water, or water spurts back, or water level goes down............................................ 12- 60
S-12 Oil pressure caution lamp lights up (drop in oil pressure)................................................................. 12- 61
S-13 Oil level rises (water, fuel in oil) ........................................................................................................12- 62
S-14 Water temperature becomes too high (overheating) ........................................................................12- 63
S-15 Abnormal noise is made .................................................................................................................... 12- 64
S-16 Vibration is excessive ....................................................................................................................... 12- 65
Testing and adjusting tool list ...................................................................................................................... 12- 67
Testing and adjusting data .......................................................................................................................... 12- 68
Troubleshooting
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 217/369
Troubleshooting
k When carrying out testing and adjusting, or troubleshooting, stop the machine on level ground, fit safety pins,
block the wheels, and apply the parking brake.
k When carrying out operations with two or more workers, always use signals, and do not allow any
unauthorized person near the machine.
k When checking the water level, if the radiator cap is removed when the engine is hot, boiling water will spurt
out and may cause burns, so always wait for the engine to cool down before checking the water level.
k Be extremely careful not to touch any hot parts.
k Be extremely careful not to get caught in the fan or any other rotating parts.
k When removing the plugs or caps from places under hydraulic pressure, water pressure, or air pressure,
release the internal pressure first. Fit the measuring tools securely before carrying out any testing, adjusting,
or troubleshooting.
a When using the standard values table for judgement in testing, adjusting, or troubleshooting, it is necessary
to be careful of the following points.
1. The standard values for the new machines in the standard values table are values given as reference from
the standards for new machines and machines shipped from the factory. They should be used as values for estimating wear during operation or as target values when carrying out repairs.
2. The failure judgement standard values in the standard values table are values using estimated values based
on the results of various tests and standard values for machines shipped from the factory. Use these values
for reference together with the repair and operation history of the machine when judging failures.
3. Do not use this standard values table as a standard for judging claims.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 218/369
Troubleshooting Points to remember when troubleshooting
Points to remember when troubleshooting
Troubleshooting means locating the basic cause of the failure, and carrying out swift repairs, and ensuring that
the failure does not occur again.
When carrying out troubleshooting, it is of course important to understand the structure and function. But to
carry out the troubleshooting effectively, a quick method is to carry out troubleshooting using the problems men-tioned by the operator as a guide in locating the cause.
1. Do not disassemble the machine simply
because there is a failure
If the machine is disassembled immediately just
because there is a failure:
• Unrelated or unnecessary places are also
disassembled
• It becomes difficult to locate the cause of the
failure
This means that there is not only a waste of time
and money on replacement parts, oil, and
grease, but this action will also lose the confi-dence of the user and operator.
For this reason also, it is important to carry out
troubleshooting based on full investigation
before starting and troubleshooting following
before the correct order.
2. Questions to ask the user and operator
1) Are there any problems other than those
already reported?
2) Did anything unusual happen before the
failure occurred?
3) Did the failure occur suddenly, or had thecondition of the machine been poor before
the failure occurred?
4) What were the conditions when the failure
occurred?
5) Had any repairs been carried out before the
failure occurred?
6) Had any similar failure occurred before?
3. Check before troubleshooting
1) Check the oil level.
2) Check for any external leakage of oil from
the piping and hydraulic equipment.
3) Check the travel of the control levers.
4) Other maintenance items can also be
carried out visually, so carry out any check
that is considered necessary.
4. Confirming failure
Check the degree of the problem to judge for
yourself if it is really a failure, or if there is some
problem in the handling or operation of the
machine.
a When driving the machine and re-enacting
the failure, be sure that the investigation or
measurement does not make the failure
worse.
5. TroubleshootingNarrow down the cause of the failure from the
results of the questions and checks in the above
Items 2 – 4, then follow the troubleshooting flow
charts to locate the failure.
a Basic procedure for troubleshooting
1) Start from the simple places.
2) Start from the most probable places.
3) Investigate related parts also.
6. Basic action to remedy cause of failure
Even if the failure is repaired, if the root cause of
the failure is not repaired, the same failure willoccur again.
To prevent this, it is necessary to investigate
why the failure occurred, and to remove the root
cause of the failure.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 219/369
Troubleshooting Method of using troubleshooting charts
Method of using troubleshooting charts
This troubleshooting chart is divided into three sec-
tions: questions, check items, and troubleshoot-
ing. The questions and check items are used to
pinpoint high probability causes that can be locatedfrom the failure symptoms or simple inspeciton with-
out using troubleshooting tools.
Next, troubleshooting tools or direct inspection are
used to check the high probability causes to make
final confirmation.
[Questions]
Sections [A] + [B] in the chart on the right corre-
sponds to the items where answers can be obtained
from the user. The items in [B] are items that can be
obtained from the user, depending on the user's
level.
[Check items]The serviceman carries out simple inspection to nar-
row down the causes. The items under [C] in the
chart on the right correspond to this.
The serviceman narrows down the causes from
information [A] that he has obtained from the user
and the results of [C] that he has obtained from his
own inspection.
[Troubleshooting]
Troubleshooting is carried out in the order of proba-
bility, starting with the causes that have been
marked as having the highest probability from infor-
mation gained from [Questions] and [Checkitems].
Causes
Q u e s t i o
n s
C h e c k i t e m s
T r o u b l e -
s h o o t i n g
(1) (2)
[A]
[B]
[C]
(3)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
i
ii
iii
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 220/369
Troubleshooting Method of using troubleshooting charts
S e i z e d
t u r b o c h a r g e r , i n t e r f e r e n c e
C l o g g e d
a i r c l e a n e r e l e m e n t
W o r n
p i s t o n r i n g ,
c y l i n d e r
C l o g g e d ,
s e i z e d f u e l i n j e c t i o n
n o z z l e
I m p r o p e r f u e l i n j e c t i o n
t i m i n g
D e f e c t i v e
f u e l i n j e c t i o n p u m
p ( e x c e s s i v e
f u e l i n j e
c t i o n )
Causes
Confirm recent repair history
Degree of use Operated for long period
*1
*2
e as c met o o us ng t e trou es oot ng c art
is as follows.
Items listed for [Questions] and [Check items] that
have a relationship with the Cause items are marked
with Q, and of these, causes that have a high proba-
bility are marked with w.Check each of the [Questions] and [Check items]
in turn, and marked the Q or w in the chart for items
where the problem appeared. The vertical column
(Causes) that has the highest number of points is the
most probable cause, so start troubleshooting for
that item to make final confirmation of the cause.
*1. For [Confirm recent repair history] in
the [Questions] Section, ask the user,
and mark the Cause column with E to
use as reference for locating the cause
of the failure. However, do not use this
when making calculations to narrowdown the causes.
*2. Use the E in the Cause column as ref-
erence for [Degree of use (Operated
for long period)] in the [Questions]
section as reference. As a rule, do not
use it when calculating the points for
locat ing the cause, but i t can be
included if necessary to determine the
order for troubleshooting.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 221/369
Troubleshooting Method of using troubleshooting charts
• Example of troubleshooting when exhaust gas is black
Let us assume that [Clogged air cleaner] is taken to be the cause of black exhaust gas. Three symptoms
have causal relationship with this problem: [Exhaust gas slowly became black], [Power slowly became
weaker], and [Dust indicator is red].
If we look from these three symptoms to find the causes, we find that there is a relationship with five causes.
Let us explain here the method of using this causal relationship to pinpoint the most probable cause.
S-7 Exhaust gas is black (incomplete combustion)
General causes why exhaust gas is black
• Insufficient intake of air
• Improper condition of fuel injection
• Excessive injection of fuel
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 222/369
Troubleshooting Method of using troubleshooting charts
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 223/369
Troubleshooting S-1
S-1 Starting performance is poor (starting always takes time)
a Check that the monitor panel does not display any abnormality in the
governor control system.
General causes why exhaust smoke comes out but engine takes time to start
• Defective electrical system• Insufficient supply of fuel
• Insufficient intake of air
• Improper selection of fuel
(At ambient temperature of 10°C or below, use ASTM D975 No. 1)
a Battery charging rate
• The specific gravity should exceed the value for the
charging rate of 70% in the above table.
• In cold areas the specific gravity must exceed the value
for the charging rate of 75% in the above table.
Charging rate
Ambient
temperature
100 % 90 % 80 % 75 % 70 %
20°C 1.28 1.26 1.24 1.23 1.22
0°C 1.29 1.27 1.25 1.24 1.23
–10°C 1.30 1.28 1.26 1.25 1.24
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 224/369
Troubleshooting S-2
S-2 Engine does not start
ng ne oes not turn
General causes why engine does not turn
• Internal parts of engine seized
a If internal parts of the engine are seized,
carry out troubleshooting for "Engine stops
during operations".
• Failure in power train
• Defective electrical system
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 225/369
Troubleshooting S-2
(2) Engine turns but no exhaust smoke comes
out (fuel is not being injected)
enera causes w y eng ne turns ut no ex aust
smoke comes out
• Supply of fuel impossible
• Supply of fuel is extremely small• Improper selection of fuel (particularly in winter)
a Standards for use of fuel
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 226/369
Troubleshooting S-2
(3) Exhaust smoke comes out but engine does
not start
(Fuel is being injected)
a General causes why exhaust smoke comes out
but engine does not start
• Lack of rotating force due to defective electricalsystem
• Insufficient supply of fuel
• Insufficient intake of air
• Improper selection of fuel and oil
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 227/369
Troubleshooting S-3
S-3 Engine does not pick up smoothly (follow-up is poor)
a ec t at t e mon tor pane oes not sp ay
any abnormality in the governor control system.
General causes why engine does not pick up
smoothly
• Insufficient intake of air
• Insufficient supply of fuel
• Improper condition of fuel injection
• Improper fuel used
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 228/369
Troubleshooting S-4
S-4 Engine stops during operations
enera causes w y eng ne stops ur ng operat ons
• Seized parts inside engine
• Insufficient supply of fuel
• Overheating
a If there is overheating and insufficient out-
put, carry out troubleshooting for overheat-
ing.
• Failure in power train
a If the engine stops because of a failure in
the power train, carry out troubleshooting for
the chassis.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 229/369
Troubleshooting S-5
S-5 Engine does not rotate smoothly (hunting)
enera causes w y eng ne oes not rotate
smoothly
• Air in fuel system
• Defective governor mechanism
• Defective electric governor mechanism
a If hunting does not occur when the rod
between the governor motor and the injec-
tion pump is disconnected, troubleshoot by
using the electrical system troubleshooting
(E mode).
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 230/369
Troubleshooting S-6
S-6 Engine lacks output (no power)
enera causes w y eng ne ac s output
• Insufficient intake of air
• Insufficient supply of fuel
• Improper condition of fuel injection
• Improper fuel used
(if non-specified fuel is used, output drops)
• Lack of output due to overheating
a If there is overheating and insufficient out-
put, carry out troubleshooting for overheat-
ing.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 231/369
Troubleshooting S-7
S-7 Exhaust smoke is black (incomplete combustion)
enera causes w y ex aust smo e s ac
• Insufficient intake of air
• Improper condition of fuel injection
• Excessive injection of fuel
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 232/369
Troubleshooting S-8
S-8 Oil consumption is excessive (or exhaust smoke is blue)
a Do not run the engine at idling for more than 20
minutes continuously. (Both low and high idling)
General causes why oil consumption is excessive
• Abnormal combustion of oil
• External leakage of oil
• Wear of lubrication system
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 233/369
Troubleshooting S-9
S-9 Oil becomes contaminated quickly
General causes why oil becomes contaminated quickly
• Intake of exhaust gas due to internal wear
• Clogging of lubrication passage
• Improper fuel
• Improper oil used
• Operation under excessive load
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 234/369
Troubleshooting S-10
S-10 Fuel consumption is excessive
General causes why fuel consumption is excessive
• Leakage of fuel
• Improper condition of fuel injection
• Excessive injection of fuel
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 235/369
Troubleshooting S-11
S-11 Oil is in cooling water, or water spurts back, or water level goes down
enera causes w y o s n coo ng water
• Internal leakage in lubrication system
• Internal leakage in cooling system
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 236/369
Troubleshooting S-12
S-12 Oil pressure caution lamp lights up (drop in oil pressure)
General causes why oil pressure lamp lights up
• Leakage, clogging, wear of lubricating system
• Defective oil pressure control
• Improper oil used (improper viscosity)
• Deterioration of oil due to overheating
a Standards for engine oil selection
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 237/369
Troubleshooting S-13
S-13 Oil level rises (water, fuel in oil)
a If there is oil in the cooling water, carry out
troubleshooting for "Oil is in cooling water".
General causes why oil level rises
• Water in oil
• Fuel in oil (diluted, and smells of diesel fuel)
• Entry of oil from other component
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 238/369
Troubleshooting S-14
S-14 Water temperature becomes too high (overheating)
General causes why water temperature becomes
too high
• Lack of cooling air (deformation, damage of fan)
• Drop in heat dissipation efficiency
• Defective cooling circulation system
• Power train oil temperature rises excessively
a Carry out troubleshooting for chassis.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 239/369
Troubleshooting S-15
S-15 Abnormal noise is made
a Judge if the noise is an internal noise or an
external noise.
General causes why abnormal noise is made
• Abnormality due to defective parts
• Abnormal combustion
• Air sucked in from intake system
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 240/369
Troubleshooting S-16
S-16 Vibration is excessive
a If there is abnormal noise together with the
vibration, carry out troubleshooting for "Abnor-
mal noise is made".
General causes why vibration is excessive
• Defective parts (abnormal wear, breakage)
• Improper alignment
• Abnormal combustion
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 241/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 242/369
Troubleshooting Testing and adjusting tool list
Testing and adjusting tool list
No. Testing and measuring item Part No. Fault finding tool Remarks
1 Engine speed 799-203-8000 Multi-tachometer Digital reading: L: 60 – 2,000 rpm
H: 60 – 20,000 rpm
2 Battery S.G.
795-500-1001 Battery coolant tester
1.100 – 1.300
3Freezing temperature of
cooling water –5 – –50ºC
4
Water temperature,
oil temperature,
air intake temperature,
exhaust temperature
799-101-6000Digital temperature
gauge – 50 – 1,200°C
790-500-1300Thermistor temperature
gauge
0 – 200°C
0 – 1,000ºC
5 Lubrication oil pressure
799-203-2002Engine pressure
measuring kit
0 – 1 MPa {0 – 10 kg/cm2}
6 Fuel pressure 0 – 2 MPa {0 – 20 kg/cm2}
7Intake pressure,
exhaust pressure0 – 200 MPa {0 – 1,500 mmHg}
8 Blow-by pressure 0 – 9.8 kPa {0 – 1,000 mmH2O}
9 Intake resistance –9.8 – 0 kPa {–1,000 – 0 mmH2O}
10 Compression pressure
795-502-1205 Compression gauge 0 – 0.69 MPa {0 – 70 kg/cm2}
• 795-502-1510 • Adapter
11 Blow-by pressure 799-201-1504 Blow-by checker 0 – 4.9 kPa {0 – 500 mmH2O}
12 Valve clearance 795-125-1210 Feeler gauge 0.43, 0.80 mm
13 Exhaust gas color 799-201-9000 Handy smoke checker Dirtiness 0 – 70% with standard color
(Dirtiness % × 1/10 Bosch scale)
14 Water and fuel content in oil 799-201-6000 Engine oil checker Provided with 0.1 and 0.2 water content
standard sample
15 Fuel injection pressureCommercially
availableNozzle tester 0 – 29.4 MPa {0 – 300 kg/cm2}
16Fuel injection nozzle spray
condition
17 Coolant quality 799-202-7001 Water quality tester PH, nitrite ion concentration
18 Pressure valve function
799-202-9001 Radiator cap tester 0 – 0.2 MPa {0 – 2 kg/cm2}
19 Leakage in cooling system
20 Electrical circuitCommercially
availableTester Current, Voltage, Resistance
21Diagnosis of engine controller
t799-606-9100 Governor checker
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 243/369
Troubleshooting Testing and adjusting data
Testing and adjusting data
a This STANDARD VALUE TABLE does not give the standard value for adjusting the engine output.
Do not use the values in this table to change the setting for fuel injection pump.
Engine model S6D140-2
Applicable machine model GD825A-2 WA500-3
Cate-
goryItem Measurement conditions Unit
Standard
value
Permissible
value
Standard
value
Permissible
value
P e r f o r m a n c e
Engine speedHigh idling speed rpm 2,300 – 2,400 2,300 – 2,400 2,300 – 2,400 2,300 – 2,400
Low idling speed rpm 650 – 700 650 – 700 700 – 750 700 – 750
Necessary starting speed0ºC (without starting aid) rpm Min. 110 — Min. 110 —
–20ºC (with starting aid) rpm Min. 85 — Min. 85 —
I n t a k e , e x h a u s t s y s t e m
Intake resistance At all speedkPa
{mmH2O}
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.50
{762}
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.50
{762}
Boost pressure At rated flywheel horsepower kPa
{mmHg}
Min.70.6
{Min. 530}
56.0
{420}
Min. 85.4
{Min. 640}
68.0
{510}
Exhaust pressure
(Turbine inlet press.) At rated flywheel horsepower
kPa
{mmHg}
Min. 61.3
{Min. 460}
49.3
{370}
Min. 72.0
{Min. 540}
57.3
{430}
Exhaust temperature
(Turbine inlet temp.) All speed (20ºC) ºC 700 700 650 700
Exhaust gas color
Quick acceleration
(Low idle o high idle)Bosch
index
Max. 6.0 8.0 Max. 6.0 8.0
At rated flywheel horsepower Max. 1.5 2.5 Max. 1.0 2.5
High idling speed Max. 1.0 2.0 Max. 1.0 2.0
Valve clearance
(When engine is hot or cold)
Intake valve mm 0.43 — 0.43 —
Exhaust valve mm 0.80 — 0.80 —
E n g i n e
p r o p e r
Compression pressure(SAE30 or SAE 15W-40)
Oil temperature: 40 – 60ºC(Engine speed: 200 – 250 rpm)
MPa{kg/cm2}
Min. 3.82{Min. 39}
2.65{27}
Min. 3.82{Min. 39}
2.65{27}
Blow-by pressure
(SAE30 or SAE 15W-40)
At rated flywheel horsepower
(Water temp: Min. 70ºC)
kPa
{mmH2O}
Max. 0.98
{Max. 100}
1.96
{200}
Max. 1.47
{Max. 150}
2.94
{300}
L u b r i c a t i o n s y s t e m Oil pressure
(Oil temperature:
Min. 80ºC)
At rated flywheel horsepower
SAE30 or SAE15W-40 oil
kPa
{kg/cm2}
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}
206
{2.1}
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}
206
{2.1}
SAE 10W oilkPa
{kg/cm2}
290 – 441
{3.0 – 4.5}
177
{1.8}
290 – 441
{3.0 – 4.5}
177
{1.8}
At low idling
SAE30 or SAE15W-40 oil
kPa
{kg/cm2}
Min. 118
{Min. 1.2}
69
{0.7}
Min. 118
{Min. 1.2}
69
{0.7}
SAE 10W oilkPa
{kg/cm2}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
69
{0.7}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
69
{0.7}
Oil temperature All speed (Oil in oil pan) ºC 90 – 110 120 90 – 110 120
Oil consumption ratio At continuous rated horsepower
(Ratio to fuel consumption)% Max. 0.5 1.0 Max. 0.5 1.0
F u e l Fuel injection pressure Nozzle tester
MPa
{kg/cm2}
25.0 – 25.8
{255 – 263}
20.2
{206}
25.0 – 25.8
{255 – 263}
20.2
{206}
Fuel injection timing B.T.D.C. degree 15 – 17 15 – 17 15 – 17 15 – 17
C o o l i n g
Radiator pressure valveOpening pressure
(Differential pressure)
MPa
{kg/cm2}— — — —
Fan speed At rated engine speed rpm 1,640 – 1,720 1,640 – 1,720 1,106 – 1,174 1,106 – 1,174
Fan belt tensionDeflects when pushed with a
force of 59 N {6 kg}mm 8 – 12 8 – 12
13 – 15 *1
17 – 19 *2
13 – 15 *1
17 – 19 *2
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 244/369
Troubleshooting Testing and adjusting data
S6D140-2
Standard
value
Permissible
value
Standard
value
Permissible
value
Standard
value
Permissible
value
Standard
value
Permissible
value
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 245/369
Troubleshooting Testing and adjusting data
a This STANDARD VALUE TABLE does not give the standard value for adjusting the engine output.
Do not use the values in this table to change the setting for fuel injection pump
Engine model SA6D140-2
Applicable machine model D155A-2 D155A-3, D155AX-3
Cate-gory
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standardvalue
Permissiblevalue
Standardvalue
Permissiblevalue
P e r f o r m a n c e
Engine speedHigh idling speed rpm 2,200 – 2,280 2,200 – 2,280 2,050 – 2,150 2,050 – 2,150
Low idling speed rpm 550 – 650 550 – 650 700 – 725 700 – 725
Necessary starting speed0ºC (without starting aid) rpm Min. 110 — Min. 110 —
–20ºC (with starting aid) rpm Min. 85 — Min. 85 —
I n t a k e , e x h a u s t s y s t e m
Intake resistance At all speedkPa
{mmH2O}
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.50
{762}
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.50
{762}
Boost pressure At rated flywheel horsepower kPa
{mmHg}
Max. 85.4
{Min. 640}
68.0
{510}
Exhaust pressure(Turbine inlet press.) At rated flywheel horsepower kPa{mmHg} Min. 74.7{Min. 560} 60.0{450}
Exhaust temperature
(Turbine inlet temp.) All speed (20ºC) ºC Max. 650 700 Max. 680 700
Exhaust gas color
Quick acceleration
(Low idle o high idle)Bosch
index
Max.6.0 8.0 Max. 6.0 8.0
At rated flywheel horsepower Max. 1.0 2.5 Max. 1.0 2.5
High idling speed Max. 1.0 2.0 Max. 1.0 2.0
Valve clearance
(When engine is hot or cold)
Intake valve mm 0.43 — 0.43 —
Exhaust valve mm 0.80 — 0.80 —
E n g i n
e
p r o p e
rCompression pressure
(SAE30 or SAE 15W-40)
Oil temperature: 40 – 60ºC
(Engine speed: 200 – 250 rpm)
MPa
{kg/cm
2
}
Min. 3.80
{Min. 39}
2.65
{27}
Min. 3.82
{Min. 39}
2.65
{27}Blow-by pressure
(SAE30 or SAE 15W-40)
At rated flywheel horsepower
(Water temp: Min. 70ºC)
kPa
{mmH2O}
Max. 0.98
{Max. 100}
1.96
{200}
Max. 0.98
{Max. 100}
1.96
{200}
L u b r i c a t i o n s y s t e m Oil pressure
(Oil temperature:
Min. 80ºC)
At rated flywheel horsepower
SAE30 or SAE15W-40 oil
kPa
{kg/cm2}
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}
205
{2.1}
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}
206
{2.1}
SAE 10W oilkPa
{kg/cm2}
290 – 440
{3.0 – 4.5}
176
{1.8}
290 – 441
{3.0 – 4.5}
177
{1.8}
At low idling
SAE30 or SAE15W-40 oil
kPa
{kg/cm2}
Min. 118
{Min. 1.2}
78
{0.8}
Min. 118
{Min. 1.2}
69
{0.7}
SAE 10W oilkPa
{kg/cm2}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
68
{0.7}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
69
{0.7}
Oil temperature All speed (Oil in oil pan) ºC 90 – 110 120 80 – 110 120
Oil consumption ratio At continuous rated horsepower
(Ratio to fuel consumption)% Max. 0.5 1.0 Max. 0.5 1.0
F u e l
Fuel injection pressure Nozzle tester MPa
{kg/cm2}
25.0 – 25.8
{255 – 263}
20.2
{206}
24.0 – 25.8
{245 – 263}
20.2
{206}
Fuel injection timing B.T.D.C. degree 14.5 – 15.5 — 26 – 28 26 – 28
C o o l i n g
Radiator pressure valveOpening pressure
(Differential pressure)
kPa
{kg/cm2}— — — —
Fan speed At rated engine speed rpm 1,165 – 1,235 1,165 – 1,235 1,255 – 1,335 1,255 – 1,335
Fan belt tensionDeflects when pushed with a
force of 59 N {6 kg}mm Auto-tensioner — Auto-tensioner Auto-tensioner
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 246/369
Troubleshooting Testing and adjusting data
SA6D140-2
D155AX-5 D355C-3 PC1600SP-1DCA400SSK-2
(DENYO generator)
Standardvalue
Permissiblevalue
Standard value
Permissiblevalue
Standardvalue
Permissiblevalue
Standardvalue
Permissiblevalue
2,050 – 2,150 2,050 – 2,150 2,200 – 2,280 2,200 – 2,280 1,930 – 2,030 1,930 – 2,030Max. 1,568 50Hz
Max. 1,881 60Hz
Max. 1,568 50Hz
Max. 1,881 60Hz
700 – 725 700 – 725 700 – 750 700 – 750 725 – 775 725 – 775 800 – 850 800 – 850
Min. 110 — Min. 110 — Min. 110 — Min. 110 —
Min. 85 — Min. 85 — Min. 85 — Min. 85 —
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.47
{762}
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.47
{762}
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.50
{762}
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.50
{762}
Min. 85
{Min. 640}
66.5
{500}
Min. 160
{Min. 1,200}
128
{960}
Min. 117.4
{Min. 880}
93.4
{700}
Min. 160
{Min. 1,200}
128
{960}
Min. 74{Min. 560} 59.9{450} Min. 120{Min. 900} 96.0{720} Min. 102.7{Min.770} 82.7{620} Min. 120{Min. 900} 96.0{720}
Max. 650 700 Max. 650 700 700 700 650 700
Max. 6.0 8.0 Max. 6.0 8.0 Max. 6.0 8.0 — —
Max. 1.0 2.5 Max. 1.0 2.5 Max. 2.0 3.5 1.5 2.5
Max. 1.0 2.0 Max. 1.0 2.0 Max. 2.0 3.0 1.0 2.0
0.43 — 0.43 — 0.43 — 0.43 —
0.80 — 0.80 — 0.80 — 0.80 —
Min. 3.8
{Min. 39}
2.7
{27}
Min. 3.80
{Min. 39}
2.7
{27}
Min. 3.82
{Min. 39}
2.65
{27}
Min. 3.82
{Min. 39}
2.65
{27}Max. 0.98
{Max. 100}
1.96
{200}
Max. 0.98
{Max. 100}
1.96
{200}
Max. 1.96
{Max. 200}
3.92
{400}
Max. 1.96
{Max. 200}
3.92
{400}
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}
210
{2.1}
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}
210
{2.1}
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}
177
{1.8}
275 – 441
{2.8 – 4.5}
192
{2.0}
290 – 440
{3.0 – 4.5}
176
{1.8}
290 – 440
{3.0 – 4.5}
176
{1.8}
290 – 441
{3.0 – 4.5}
137
{1.4}
226 – 392
{2.3 – 4.0}
157
{1.6}
Min. 118
{Min. 1.2}
78
{0.8}
Min. 118
{Min. 1.2}
78
{0.8}
Min. 118
{Min. 1.2}
69
{0.7}
Min. 177
{Min. 1.8}
69
{0.7}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
68
{0.7}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
68
{0.7}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
69
{0.7}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
69
{0.7}
90 – 110 120 90 – 110 120 90 – 110 120 110 120
Max. 0.5 1.0 Max. 0.5 1.0 Max. 0.5 1.0 Max. 0.5 1.0
24.8 – 25.5
{253 – 260}
20.2
{206}
25.0 – 25.8
{255 – 263}
20.2
{206}
24.8 – 25.5
{253 – 260}
20.2
{206}
25.0 – 25.8
{255 – 263}
20.2
{206}
14 – 16 — 18.5 – 19.5 — 18 – 20 18 – 2014.5 – 15.5 50Hz
16.5 – 17.5 60Hz
14.5 – 15.5 50Hz
16.5 – 17.5 60Hz
— — — — —59 – 78
{0.6 – 0.8}—
1,390 – 1,470 — 970 – 1,030 970 – 1,030 1,025 – 1,085 1,025 – 1,0851,106 – 1,174 50Hz1,327 – 1,409 60Hz
1,106 – 1,174 50Hz1,327 – 1,409 60Hz
Auto-tensioner Auto-tensioner — Auto-tensioner Auto-tensioner 8 – 12 8 – 12
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 247/369
Troubleshooting Testing and adjusting data
a This STANDARD VALUE TABLE does not give the standard value for adjusting the engine output.
Do not use the values in this table to change the setting for fuel injection pump
Engine model SA6D140-2
Applicable machine modelDCA-400SSK
(MQ generator)
J6D140E-G1-2
(TAIYO DENKI generator)
Cate-gory
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standardvalue
Permissiblevalue
Standardvalue
Permissiblevalue
P e r f o r m a n c e
Engine speedHigh idling speed rpm Max. 1,890 60Hz Max. 1,890 60Hz
Max. 1,575 50HzMax. 1,890 60Hz
Max. 1,575 50HzMax. 1,890 60Hz
Low idling speed rpm 800 – 850 700 – 900 700 – 900
Necessary starting speed0ºC (without starting aid) rpm Min. 110 — Min. 110 —
–20ºC (with starting aid) rpm Min. 85 — Min. 85 —
I n t a k e , e x h a u s t s y s t e
m
Intake resistance At all speedkPa
{mmH2O}
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.47
{762}
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.47
{762}
Boost pressure At rated flywheel horsepower kPa
{mmHg}— —
Max. 160
{Min. 1,200}
128
{960}
Exhaust pressure
(Turbine inlet press.) At rated flywheel horsepower kPa
{mmHg} — —Min. 120
{Min. 900}
96
{720}
Exhaust temperature
(Turbine inlet temp.) All speed (20ºC) ºC Max. 650 700 Max. 650 700
Exhaust gas color
Quick acceleration
(Low idle o high idle)Bosch
index
— — — —
At rated flywheel horsepower Max. 1.5 2.5 Max. 1.5 2.5
High idling speed Max. 1.0 2.0 Max. 1.0 2.0
Valve clearance
(When engine is hot or cold)
Intake valve mm 0.43 — 0.43 —
Exhaust valve mm 0.80 — 0.80 —
E n g i n e
p r o p e r
Compression pressure
(SAE30 or SAE 15W-40)
Oil temperature: 40 – 60ºC
(Engine speed: 200 – 250 rpm)
MPa
{kg/cm2}
Min. 3.80
{Min. 39}
2.7
{27}
Min. 3.82
{Min. 39}
2.7
{27}
Blow-by pressure
(SAE30 or SAE 15W-40)
At rated flywheel horsepower
(Water temp: Min. 70ºC)
kPa
{mmH2O}
Max. 1.96
{Max. 200}
3.92
{400}
Max. 1.96
{Max. 200}
3.92
{400}
L u b r i c a t i o n s y s t e m Oil pressure
(Oil temperature:
Min. 80ºC)
At rated flywheel horsepower
SAE30 or SAE15W-40 oil
kPa
{kg/cm2}
294 – 490
{3.0 – 5.0}
210
{2.1}
294 – 490
{3.0 – 5.0}
210
{2.1}
SAE 10W oilkPa
{kg/cm2}
245 – 440
{2.5 – 4.5}
176
{1.8}
245 – 440
{2.5 – 4.5}
176
{1.8}
At low idling
SAE30 or SAE15W-40 oil
kPa
{kg/cm2}
Min. 118
{Min. 1.2}
78
{0.8}
Min. 118
{Min. 1.2}
78
{0.8}
SAE 10W oilkPa
{kg/cm2}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
68
{0.7}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
68
{0.7}
Oil temperature All speed (Oil in oil pan) ºC 90 – 110 120 90 – 110 120
Oil consumption ratio At continuous rated horsepower
(Ratio to fuel consumption)% Max. 0.5 1.0 Max. 0.5 1.0
F u e l
Fuel injection pressure Nozzle tester MPa
{kg/cm2}
25.0 – 25.8
{255 – 263}
20.2
{206}
25.0 – 25.8
{255 – 263}
20.2
{206}
Fuel injection timing B.T.D.C. degree 16.5 – 17.5 —16 – 18 50Hz
17 – 19 60Hz
16 – 18 50Hz
17 – 19 60Hz
C o o l i n g
Radiator pressure valveOpening pressure
(Differential pressure)
kPa
{kg/cm2}— —
Fan speed At rated engine speed rpm1,330 – 1,410
(60 Hz)
1,330 – 1,410
(60 Hz)1,220 – 1,300 50Hz1,465 – 1,555 60Hz
1,220 – 1,300 50Hz1,465 – 1,555 60Hz
Fan belt tensionDeflects when pushed with a
force of 60 N {6 kg}mm 8 – 12 14 – 18 8 – 12 8 – 12
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 248/369
Troubleshooting Testing and adjusting data
SA6D140-2
D155C-1 (–30°C spec.) D155C-1 (–50°C spec.) D355C-3 (–30°C spec.) D355C-3 (–50°C spec.)
Standardvalue
Permissiblevalue
Standard value
Permissiblevalue
Standard value
Permissiblevalue
Standard value
Permissiblevalue
2,190 – 2,290 2,190 – 2,290 2,190 – 2,290 2,190 – 2,290 2,200 – 2,280 2,200 – 2,280 2,200 – 2,280 2,200 – 2,280
700 – 750 700 – 750 700 – 750 700 – 750 700 – 750 700 – 750 700 – 750 700 – 750
Min. 110 — Min. 110 — Min. 110 — Min. 110 —
Min. 85 — Min. 85 — Min. 85 — Min. 85 —
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.47
{762}
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.47
{762}
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.47
{762}
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.47
{762}
Min. 99
{Min. 740}
83
{620}
Min. 99
{Min. 740}
83
{620}
Min. 160
{Min. 1,200}
128
{960}
Min. 160
{Min. 1,200}
128
{960}
Min. 84
{Min. 630}
71
{530}
Min. 84
{Min. 630}
71
{530}
Min. 120
{Min. 900}
96.0
{720}
Min. 120
{Min. 900}
96.0
{720}
Max. 600 700 Max. 600 700 Max. 650 700 Max. 650 700
Max. 6.0 7.0 Max. 6.0 7.0 Max. 6.0 8.0 Max. 6.0 8.0
Max. 1.0 2.5 Max. 1.0 2.5 Max. 1.0 2.5 Max. 1.0 2.5
Max. 1.0 2.0 Max. 1.0 2.0 Max. 1.0 2.0 Max. 1.0 2.0
0.43 — 0.43 — 0.43 — 0.43 —
0.80 — 0.80 — 0.80 — 0.80 —
Min. 3.80
{Min. 39}
2.7
{27}
Min. 3.80
{Min. 39}
2.7
{27}
Min. 3.80
{Min. 39}
2.7
{27}
Min. 3.80
{Min. 39}
2.7
{27}
Max. 0.98
{Max. 100}
1.96
{200}
Max. 0.98
{Max. 100}
1.96
{200}
Max. 0.98
{Max. 100}
1.96
{200}
Max. 0.98
{Max. 100}
1.96
{200}
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}
210
{2.1}
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}
210
{2.1}
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}
210
{2.1}
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}
210
{2.1}
290 – 440
{3.0 – 4.5}
176
{1.8}
290 – 440
{3.0 – 4.5}
176
{1.8}
290 – 440
{3.0 – 4.5}
176
{1.8}
290 – 440
{3.0 – 4.5}
176
{1.8}
Min. 118
{Min. 1.2}
78
{0.8}
Min. 118
{Min. 1.2}
78
{0.8}
Min. 118
{Min. 1.2}
78
{0.8}
Min. 118
{Min. 1.2}
78
{0.8}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
68
{0.7}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
68
{0.7}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
68
{0.7}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
68
{0.7}
80 – 110 120 80 – 110 120 90 – 110 120 90 – 110 120
Max. 0.5 1.0 Max. 0.5 1.0 Max. 0.5 1.0 Max. 0.5 1.0
24.8 – 25.5
{253 – 260}
20.2
{206}
24.8 – 25.5
{253 – 260}
20.2
{206}
25.0 – 25.8
{255 – 263}
20.2
{206}
25.0 – 25.8
{255 – 263}
20.2
{206}
18 – 20 — 18 – 20 — 18.5 – 19.5 — 18.5 – 19.5 —
— — — — — — — —
— — — — 970 – 1,030 970 – 1,030 970 – 1,030 970 – 1,030
— — — — Auto-tensioner — Auto-tensioner —
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 249/369
Troubleshooting Testing and adjusting data
a This STANDARD VALUE TABLE does not give the standard value for adjusting the engine output.
Do not use the values in this table to change the setting for fuel injection pump.
*: Figures of boost pressure and exhaust pressure is indicated at sea level (altitude: 0 m)
Engine model SAA6D140-2
Applicable machine model PC750-6, PC800-6 HD325-6, HD405-6
Cate-gory
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standardvalue
Permissiblevalue
Standardvalue
Permissiblevalue
P e r f o r m a n c e
Engine speedHigh idling speed rpm 1,930 – 2,030 1,930 – 2,030 2,350 – 2,450 2,350 – 2,450
Low idling speed rpm 775 – 825 775 – 825 675 – 775 675 – 775
Necessary starting speed0ºC (without starting aid) rpm Min. 110 — Min. 110 —
–20ºC (with starting aid) rpm Min. 85 — Min. 85 —
I n t a k e , e x h a u s t s y s
t e m
Intake resistance At all speedkPa
{mmH2O}
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.47
{762}
Max. 2.9
{Max. 300}
7.47
{762}
Boost pressure At rated outputkPa
{mmHg}
Exhaust pressure
(Turbine inlet press.)
At rated outputkPa
{mmHg}
Exhaust temperature
(Turbine inlet temp.) All speed (20ºC) ºC Max. 650 700 Max. 700 700
Exhaust gas color
Quick acceleration
(Low idle o high idle)Bosch
index
Max.6.0 7.0 Max. 6.0 7.0
At rated output Max. 1.0 2.0 Max. 1.0 2.0
High idling Max. 1.0 2.0 Max. 1.0 2.0
Valve clearance
(When engine is hot or cold)
Intake valve mm 0.43 — 0.43 —
Exhaust valve mm 0.80 — 0.80 —
E n g i n e
b o
d y
Compression pressure
(SAE30 or SAE 15W-40)
Oil temperature: 40 – 60ºC
(Engine speed: 200 – 250 rpm)
MPa
{kg/cm2}
Min. 3.82
{Min. 39}
2.65
{27}
Min. 3.82
{Min. 39}
2.65
{27}
Blow-by pressure
(SAE30 or SAE 15W-40)
At rated output
(Water temp: 70ºC min.)
kPa
{mmH2O}
Max. 1.96
{Max. 200}
3.92
{400}
Max. 1.96
{Max. 200}
3.92
{400}
L u b r i c a t i o n s y s t e m Oil pressure
(Oil temperature:
80ºC min.)
At rated output
SAE30 or SAE15W-40 oil
kPa
{kg/cm2}
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}
210
{2.1}
340 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}
210
{2.1}
SAE 10W oilkPa
{kg/cm2}
290 – 440
{3.0 – 4.5}
180
{1.8}
290 – 440
{3.0 – 4.5}
180
{1.8}
At low idling
SAE30 or SAE15W-40 oil
kPa
{kg/cm2}
Min. 118
{Min. 1.2}
69
{0.7}
Min. 118
{Min. 1.2}
78
{0.8}
SAE 10W oilkPa
{kg/cm2}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
69
{0.7}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
69
{0.7}
Oil temperature All speed (Oil in oil pan) ºC 80 – 110 120 80 – 110 120
Oil consumption ratio At continuous rated output(Ratio to fuel consumption)
% Max. 0.5 1.0 Max. 0.5 1.0
F u e l
s y s t e m
Fuel injection pressure Nozzle tester MPa
{kg/cm2}
24.8 – 25.5
{253 – 260}
20.2
{206}
24.8 – 25.5
{253 – 260}
20.2
{206}
Fuel injection timing B.T.D.C. degree 18.5 – 19.5 18.5 – 19.5 19.5 – 20.5 19.5 – 20.5
C o o l i n g
s y s t e m
Radiator pressure valveOpening pressure
(Differential pressure)
kPa
{kg/cm2}— — — —
Fan speed At rated engine speed rpm 1,018 – 1,082 1,018 – 1,082
Fan belt tensionDeflects when pushed with a
force of 58.8 N {6 kg}mm
(Autotensioner)
——
(Autotensioner)
——
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 250/369
Troubleshooting Testing and adjusting data
SAA6D140-2 SDA6D140E-2
HD325-6 (High altitude spec.)
Standardvalue
Permissiblevalue
Standard value
Permissiblevalue
Standardvalue
Permissiblevalue
Standardvalue
Permissiblevalue
2,350 – 2,450 2,350 – 2,450 2,150 – 2,250 —
675 – 775 675 – 775 650 – 750 —
Min. 110 — Min. 110 —
Min. 85 — Min. 85 —
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.50
{762}
Max. 2.94
{Max. 300}
7.50
{762}
Min. 97.4
{Min. 730}
77.3
{580}
Min. 118.6
{Min. 890}
98.6
{740}
Min. 97.4
{Min. 730}
77.3
{580}
Min. 113.3
{Min. 850}
94.7
{710}
Max. 700 700 Max. 650 700
Max. 5.0 7.0 Max. 6.0 7.0
Max. 1.5 2.5 Max. 1.0 2.0
Max. 1.0 2.0 Max. 1.0 2.0
0.43 — 0.43 —
0.80 — 0.80 —
Min. 3.82
{Min. 39}
2.65
{27}
Min. 3.14
{Min. 32}
2.16
{22}
Max. 1.96
{Max. 200}
3.92
{400}
Max. 1.47
{Max. 150}
2.94
{300}
343 – 490
{3.5 – 5.0}
245
{2.5}
290 – 490
{3.0 – 5.0}
200
{2.0}
294 – 441
{3.0 – 4.5}
206
{2.1}
250 – 440
{2.5 – 4.5}
180
{1.8}
Min. 147
{Min. 1.5}
69
{0.7}
Min. 100
{Min. 1.0}
70
{0.7}
Min. 98
{Min. 1.0}
69
{0.7}
Min. 100
{Min. 1.0}
70
{0.7}
90 – 110 120 80 – 110 120
Max. 0.5 1.0 Max. 0.5 1.0
25.0 – 25.8
{255 – 263}
20.2
{206}
25.0 – 25.8
{255 – 263}
20.2
{206}
19.5 – 20.5 19.5 – 20.5 18.5 – 19.5 18.5 – 19.5
— — — —
1,018 – 1,082 1,018 – 1,082 — —
Auto-tensioner Auto-tensioner — —
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 251/369
13
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
GENERAL DISASSEMBLY
Air cleaner muffler
......................................
13-2
Starting motor ................................................
13-2
Turbocharger drain tube ...............................
13-3
Setting engine in engine overhaul stand ... 13-3
Corrosion resistor, air compressor
suction tube
..............................................
13-3
Bracket.. ...........................................................
13-3
Connector.. ......................................................
13-4
Tension pulley assembly.. .............................
13-4
Fan pulley assembly ......................................
13-4
g
Alternator assembly pulley.. .......................
13-4
Dipstick guide, air compressor .....................
13-5
:
Fuel hose.. .......................................................
13-5
Turbocharger ..................................................
13-5
Exhaust manifold ...........................................
13-5
After-cooler assembly
Intake manifold assembly). ....................
13-5
Fuel injection tube .........................................
13-5
Fuel injection pump assembly..
................... .13-6
Tube, bracket, PTO case ................................
13-6
Fuel filter fuel filter bracket
........................
13-6
Oil filter oil regulator
...................................
13-6
Oil pan
............................................................. 13-7
Suction pipe, under frame ............................
13-7
Flywheel ..........................................................
13-7
Rear seal
.........................................................
13-7
Flywheel housing ...........................................
13-8
Air vent tube, spill pipe, rocker arm
housing cover ........................................
13- 8
Nozzle holder, inlet connector ....................
13- 9
Rocker arm.. .................................................. 13- 9
Push rod.. ......................................................
13-10
Crosshead
.....................................................
13-10
Rocker arm housing.. ...................................
13-10
Cylinder head assembly ..............................
13-10
Vibration damper crankshaft pulley
assembly .................................................
13-l 1
Front support.. ..............................................
13-11
Thermostat housing .....................................
13-11
Water pump assembly ................................
13-11
Oil cooler assembly .....................................
13-11
Cam follower ................................................
13-12
Gear case cover.. ..........................................
13-12
Injection pump drive gear.. .........................
13-12
Camshaft .......................................................
13-12
Oil pump assembly, oil pump
idler gear ................................................
13-13
Main idler gear, injection pump
drive shaft
...............................................
13-13
Piston cooling nozzle ...................................
13-13
Piston and connecting rod assembly
......... 13-13
Crankshaft .....................................................
13-15
Cylinder liner
................................................
13-16
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 252/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL DISASSEMBLY
Special tools
Part No. Part Name
Q’ty
A 790 901 1260 Adapter
1
B
790 501 2001 Engine overhaul stand 1
C 795 102 2102 Spring pusher
1
Preparatory work
Clean off all mud and dirt.
Drain cooling water and engine oil.
:
- Engine oil: Approx. 37 L?
Prepare a stable engine stand which will prevent
the engine from falling over, then put the engine
securely in the stand.
A
kg
Engine assembly: Approx. 1550 kg
The weight of the engine differs accord-
ing to the model of machine on which it
is mounted.)
I
I
CLl E 133
1. Air cleaner muffler
I) Disconnect hose I) between air cleaner and
muffler and hose 2) between air cleaner and
turbocharger, then remove band 3) then
remove air cleaner 4).
Ir When removing turbocharger connection,
cover the openings to prevent dirt or dust
from entering the turbocharger.
2) Remove valve 51, muffler mounting bolts
6) and band 7), then remove muffler 8).
3) Remove exhaust connector 9).
Sr When removing the turbocharger con-
nection, cover the openings to prevent dirt
or dust from entering the turbocharger.
2. Starting motor
Remove mounting bolts I), then remove starting
motor 2).
13 2
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 253/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY GENERAL DISASSEMBLY
3. Turbocharger drain tube
Remove turbocharger drain tube (I).
4. Setting engine in engine overhaul stand
1) install adapter A on engine.
2) Sling engine assembly, align tool A with
engine overhaul stand B, and install engine
assembly.
6
kg
Engine assembly: Approx. 1500 kg
5. Corrosion resistor, air compressor suction tube
I
2
3)
4)
Remove hoses (I) and (2).
Remove corrosion resistor (3).
Remove tubes (4) and (5).
Remove tubes from air compressor. (If
equipped).
6. Bracket
Remove mounting bolts, then remove brackets
(I) and (2).
CEE 137
COEOO 38
CDE 139
13-3
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 254/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL DISASSEMBLY
7. Connector
1) Remove clamp I), then remove turbocharger
lubrication tube 2).
2) Remove mounting bolts 31, then remove
connector 4) and electrical intake air heaters
5).
8. Tension pulley assembly
1
2
3)
Loosen tension pulley assembly mounting
nuts I).
Loosen adjustment bolt 2), move tension
pulley toward inside, then remove V-belts
3).
Remove mounting bolts 41, then remove
tension pulley assembly 5).
9. Fan pulley assembly
Remove mounting bolts I), then remove fan
pulley assembly 2).
10. Alternator assembly pulley
I) Loosen mounting bolts I), 2) and 3).
2) Loosen 2 adjustment nuts 41, then remove
2 alternator belts 5).
3) Remove mounting bolts I), 2) and 3), then
remove alternator assembly 6) and
adjustment rod 7).
4) Remove bracket 8).
5) Remove mounting
pulley IO).
bolts 9) and remove
CEE 143
CEE 144
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 255/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL DISASSEMBLY
11. Dipstick guide, air compressor
1) Remove dipstick guide I).
2) Remove lubrication tube 21, then remove
air compressor 3). If equipped.)
3) Remove air compressor mounting plate 4).
If equipped.)
12. Fuel hose
Remove fuel hoses 5).
13. Turbocharger
1) Disconnect turbocharger lubrication inlet
tube.
2) Remove mounting bolts I), then remove
turbocharger 2).
14. Exhaust manifold
Remove mounting bolts I), then remove exhaust
manifold 2).
15. After-cooler assembly Intake manifold
assembly)
1) Remove clamps I).
2) Sling after-cooler assembly 21, remove
mounting bolts 3). then lift off after-cooler
assembly.
16. Fuel injection tube
Remove fuel injection tubes 4).
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 256/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL DISASSEMBLY
17.
18.
19
20.
Fuel injection pump assembly
1) Remove lubrication tubes 1) and 2).
2) Remove lubrication tubes 3) and 4).
3) Remove 2 bolts 7) securing cross coupling
6) and front laminated coupling 5).
4) Remove 4 mounting bolts 8), then remove
fuel injection pump assembly 9).
+ When doing this, leave flange coupling
IO) and front laminated coupling 5) on
the drive shaft.
5) Remove connecting bolts I I) of coupling
and drive shaft, then remove flange coupling
IO) and front laminated coupling 5).
Tube, bracket, PTO case
1) Remove turbocharger lubrication tube 1).
2) Remove fuel injection pump bracket 2).
3) Remove PTO case 3).
Fuel filter fuel filter bracket
Remove fuel filter I) and fuel filter bracket 2).
Oil filter oil regulator
Remove oil filter 3) and oil regulator 4).
CEE 15
13 6
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 257/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL DISASSEMBLY
21. Oil pan
1) Remove wiring connector (I) from bracket.
2) Disconnect drain hose (2).
3) Remove oil pan (3).
22. Suction pipe, under frame
1) Remove bracket (I), then remove suction
pipe (2).
23. Flywheel
Using eye bolt @ (Dia. = 12 mm, Pitch = 1.75
mm), sling flywheel (I), then remove.
I
kg
Flywheel: 60 kg
24. Rear seal
Remove rear seal (I) as follows.
2 CEE 154
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 258/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL DISASSEMBLY
25.
26.
Removal of standard seal
Hook tip of tool L to metal ring of seal I),
then use impact force of slide hammer to
remove seal.
* Before removing the seal, knock it in
slightly to release the contact between
the seal and the housing. This will make
it easier to remove the seal.
Removal of seal with sleeve
I) Hook tip of tool L to metal ring of seal
I), then use impact force of slide
hammer to remove seal.
* Before removing the seal, knock it in
slightly to release the contact
between the seal and the housing.
This will make it easier to remove
the seal.
2) Use a hammer and chisel to cut sleeve
2) to remove it.
* Be extremely careful not to damage
the crankshaft when cutting the seal.
* If any metal particles are formed, be
sure to remove them all completely.
Flywheel housing
Remove mounting bolts I), sling flywheel
housing 2), then remove.
LL?l
g
Flywheel housing: 55 kg
Air vent tube, spill pipe, rocker arm housing
cover
1) Remove air vent tube 1).
2) Remove spill pipe 2).
3) Remove rocker arm housing covers 3).
oo
Sl i de hammer
DWE00211
Standard seal
Fl ywheel
hausi ns
Metal r i ns
Cr ankshaf t
DWEOOZI Z
Seal wth sl v
Fl ywheel
housi ng
Cr ankshaf t
2
DWE00213
CDE00158
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 259/369
AS
SEM
BLY
AN
D
DISA
SS E
MBL Y
GE
NER
AL
DISA
SS E
MBL
Y
27
. No
zzle
ho
lder,
in l
et c
onne
ctor
I)
Lo o
sen
lo
cknu
t
I),
the
n
remo
ve
inl
et
conn
ecto
r
2).
2)
Re
mov
e
mou n
ting
b
olts 3) , then rem ove
ho l
der
4).
3)
Fully
sc
rew
bolt
@
Dia
. =
10
mm,
Pi
tch
=
1.
5 m
m),
th
en
rem
ov e
n
ozzl
e
hold
er
a
ssem
bly
5
) us i
ng
bar
etc.
* When removing noz zle holder assembly,
cle
an
arou
nd
noz z
le ho
lder
an d
be
care
ful
not
to e
nter
fore
ign
mate
rial
insi
de s
leev
e.
*
C
heck
tha
t th
ere
is
gask
et
6)
fitted
to
the
tip
of t
he n
ozzl
e h
older
.
28 .
R
ock e
r ar
m
CEE
159
Re
mov
e m
ou n
ting
bo l
ts 1
) an
d 2
), th
en r
em o
ve
r
ocker arm 3).
*
L
oos e
n lo
ck
nuts
4)
of
adjus
tm e
nt
scre
ws,
then
loo
sen
each
ad
justm
en t
sc
rew
5)
2 -
3
tu
rns
to
avoi
d e
xces
sive
p
ress
ure
be
ing
brou
ght
to
be
ar o
n t
he
push
ro
ds
wh e
n
in
stal
ling
the
roc
ker
arm.
_..
~
,_
--- --
-..,
,_‘._
2
.5
1
016
1
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 260/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL DISASSEMBLY
29
Push rod
Remove push rod I).
30. Crosshead
Remove crosshead 2).
31. Rocker arm housing
Remove mounting bolts, then remove rocker arm
housing 3).
32. Cylinder head assembly
1) Remove mounting bolts I), then remove
cylinder head assembly 2).
2) Remove each cylinder head gasket.
Disassemble cylinder head assembly as
follows,
i)
Using spring pusher C, compress valve
spring and remove cotter I).
ii)
Remove upper vale seat 2), outer valve
spring 3), and inner valve spring 4).
iii) Remove lower valve seat 5).
iv) Lift up cylinder head and remove valves
6).
CEE0016r
CEEOO 65
CEE00166
I
I
I
6
CEE00167
13 10
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 261/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL DISASSEMBLY
33. Vibration damper crankshaft pulley assembly
Remove mounting bolts I), then remove
vibration damper, crankshaft pulley assembly 2).
34. Front support
Remove front support 3).
35. Thermostat housing
1) Remove ring I), then remove tube 2) up.
2) Remove mounting bolts 3), then remove
thermostat housing 4).
36. Water pump assembly
Remove tube I), then remove water pump
assembly 2).
* The mounting bolts for the water pump are
also used to tighten the gear case cover.
37. Oil cooler assembly
Remove oil cooler assembly I).
I
CEE00170
1 CEE00171
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 262/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL DISASSEMBLY
38. Cam follower
Remove cover, then remove mounting bolts I)
and cam follower 2).
* Each of twelve mounting bolts I) has its
own oil holes so pass wire through the holes
and keep the bolts in a safe place to prevent
them from being lost.
39 Gear case cover
Remove gear case cover I).
40.
41.
Camshaft
Align mounting bolts 3) with camshaft gear hole
and remove mounting bolts then remove
camshaft 4).
* When removing the camshaft, rotate the
camshaft to prevent damage to the cam
bushing.
Injection pump drive gear
Remove mounting nut I), then remove injection
pump drive gear 2).
CEE00176
13 12
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 263/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL DISASSEMBLY
42. Oil pump assembly, oil pump idler gear
1) Remove oil pump assembly I).
2) Remove oil pump idler gear 2).
43. Main idler gear, injection pump drive shaft
1) Remove mounting bolt I), then remove
main idler gear 2).
2) Remove mounting bolts 31, remove thrust
plate 4) and injection pump drive shaft 5).
44. Piston cooling nozzle
Remove mounting bolt I), then remove piston
cooling nozzle 2).
45. Piston and connecting rod assembly
1
2
3)
Check number on connecting rod cap.
* Check that the cap number and the
cylinder number match, and that the
number is stamped at the cam end.
Ir If there is no number, stamp a number
before removing.
Rotate crankshaft so that piston to be
removed is at bottom dead center.
Using fine sandpaper, remove carbon at top
of liner.
* If necessary, measure the end play of
the connecting rod with dial gauge @I
before removing the connecting rod
assembly.
CEE 18
CEEOO I 31
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 264/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL DISASSEMBLY
4)
5)
6)
7)
0
Remove bolts I) of connecting rod cap.
Tap cap with plastic hammer and remove
connecting rod cap 2) together with
connecting rod bearing.
* Be careful not to damage the threads of
the connecting rod bolts.
Using wooden bar, push piston and
connecting rod from oil pan side. Support
piston 6) at cylinder head side and remove.
* When removing, be careful not to
damage the inside surface of the liner
with the corners of the connecting rod.
Remove remaining pistons and connecting
rods in the same way.
Ir Keep the pistons and connecting rods in
a safe place and be careful not to damage
the sliding surface of the piston or the
bearing.
* Keep the connecting rod and cap
assembled to prevent mistakes when
assembling, and keep together with the
bearing.
Disassemble piston and connecting rod
assembly as follows.
i
ii)
iii)
iv)
Remove snap ring 3).
Hold connecting rod 4) by hand, and
tap out piston pin 5). Disconnect piston
assembly 6) and connecting rod.
Remove snap ring on opposite side.
Using piston ring tool D, remove piston
rings 7).
* Keep piston, connecting rod, bearing,
piston rings and piston pin in sets
according to cylinder number.
3 CEE00184
7
CEE00185
13 14
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 265/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL DISASSEMBLY
46. Crankshaft
1
2
2
;;
0
3)
4)
If necessary, measure the end play of the
crankshaft with dial gauge @ before
removing the crankshaft.
Remove mounting bolts 2) of main bearing
cap I).
Insert bolts 2) in holes in main bearing cap,
then remove main bearing cap while shaking
the cap with the inserted bolts.
The lower thrust bearings 3) are assembled
on both sides of the No. 7 main bearing cap,
so after removing, mark the position for
assembly.
Using a wire, remove crankshaft 4).
r55
g
Crankshaft: 140 kg
* When slinging the crankshaft, be careful
not to let it hit or damage the cylinder
block.
Ir
Keep the crankshaft in a safe place, and
be careful not to damage the machined
surfaces.
-
CEE 186
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 266/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL DISASSEMBLY
5) Remove upper thrust bearings 5).
6) Remove upper main bearing 6).
* Mark the positions for assembly of the
main bearing caps, main bearings and
thrust bearings with tags or felt pen.
Keep in sets according to the cap
number. Keep them in a safe place and
be careful not to damage them.
47. Cylinder liner
* If necessary, measure the protrusion of the
cylinder liner with dial gauge H before
removing the liner.
Using liner puller E, remove cylinder liner 1).
CEEOO 9
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 267/369
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
Tightening bolts by the plastic range
turning angle method ........................... 13-18
Drawing
of special tool
...............................
13-19
Preparatory work
.......................................... 13-20
Cylinder liner
................................................ 13-21
Crankshaft
..................................................... 13-23
Piston and connecting rod assembly
......... 13-26
Piston cooling
nozzle ................................... 13-28
Main idler gear, fuel injection pump
drive shaft ...............................................
13-29
Oil pump idler gear, oil pump
assembly
................................................. 13-30
Camshaft
....................................................... 13-30
Fuel injection
pump drive
gear ..................
13-30
Fuel injection pump drive shaft oil seal
... 13-31
Gear case cover ............................................ 13-32
Breather..
....................................................... 13-32
Front seal
......................................................
13-33
Cam follower
................................................ 13-34
Oil cooler assembly
..................................... 13-34
Water pump
assembly ................................ 13-35
Thermostat housing
.....................................
13-35
Front support
................................................
13-35
Vibration damper, crankshaft pulley
assembly..
............................................... 13-35
Cylinder
head assembly
..............................
13-36
Crosshead
.....................................................
13-38
Rocker arm housing
..................................... 13-38
Push rod
........................................................
13-38
Rocker arm
....................................................
13-39
Adjusting
valve clearance
...........................
13-39
Nozzler holder,
inlet connector.. .................
13-40
Rocker arm housing cover, spill pipe,
air vent tube
...........................................
13-41
Flywheel
housing .........................................
13-41
Rear seal
.......................................................
13-42
Flywheel
........................................................
13-45
Suction pipe .................................................. 13-46
Oil pan ...........................................................
13-46
Oil filter
assembly, oil regulator..
..............
.13-46
Fuel filter assembly fuel filter bracket..
.. 13-46
PTO case
tube, bracket.. ..............................
13-47
Fuel injection
pump assembly.. ..................
13-47
Adjusting
fuel injection pump ....................
13-48
Fuel injection tube
.......................................
13-50
After-cooler assembly Intake manifold
assembly) ............................................... 13-50
Exhaust
manifold .........................................
13-50
Turbocharger
................................................ 13-51
Fuel hose .......................................................
13-51
Dipstick
guide, air compressor
.................. .13-51
Alternator
assembly, pulley ........................
13-51
Fan pulley
assembly ....................................
13-52
Tension
pulley assembly.. ...........................
13-52
Intake connector
........................................... 13-52
Muffler bracket, air cleaner bracket
..........
.13-52
Corrosion resistor
......................................... 13-53
Resetting
engine in engine stand..
............. 13-53
Turbocharger
drain tube .............................
13-53
Starting motor ..............................................
13-53
Air cleaner,
muffler.. ....................................
13-54
Refilling with oil
...........................................
13-54
13-17
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 268/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
TIGHTENING BOLTS BY THE PLASTIC RANGE
TURNING ANGLE METHOD
0
0
*
0
*
Important bolts in the 140 Series engines are
tightened by the plastic range turning angle
method. In this method, special bolts are used.
By
being tightened to the load (plastic range) at
which they begin to be permanently deformed,
accurate and high tightening force can be
obtained.
The most common method for tightening bolts
is the torque control method.
In this method,
however, it is difficult to accurately control the
tightening force because of the coefficient of
friction.
The plastic range turning angle method is based
on the initial tightening torque and the turning
angle.
Elongation exceeding the elastic range results
in permanent deformation.
Bolts to be tightened by the plastic range turning
angle method in the 140 Series engines.
I) Cylinder head mounting bolts
2) Main cap mounting bolts
3) Connecting rod cap mounting bolts
4) Flywheel mounting bolts
In the plastic range turning angle method, the
permanent strain remains
in bolts after they are
tightened. Therefore, the number of times that
each bolt can be reused is limited. Observe the
followina orecautions.
I
2)
3)
Befoie tightening, measure the free length
of bolt and check that bolt length exceeds
tolerance limit or not. Do not reuse any bolt
which has exceeded the tolerance limit.
Before tightening, measure the free length
of bolt and check that bolt length exceeds
tolerance limit or not.
If a bolt has been tightened in excess of the
specified turning angle, loosen the bolt and
measure the free length of bolt again.
The tightening angle should be targeted at
the standard value plus or minus tolerance.
Special tools
Part
No Part Name
a’tv
A 790-901-1260
Adapter
1
B 790-501-2001
Engine overhaul
stand
1
c 795-102-2102
Spring pusher
1
D 795-100-I 191 Piston ring tool 1
F 795-230-5472 Liner driver 1
t
Wlastic
range)
Plastic range turning
angle
(conventional method)
Elongation of bolt
Part No.
Part Name Q’ty
J
1 790-331-I 110
1
Wrench
I I
I
K 1 795T-473-1110 1 Push tool
1
795-521-1110
Push tool
1
M
01050-31640
Bolt
3
1
795-931-1210
Sleeve jig
1
2
795-931-1220
Sleeve jig
1
N
3
01050-31645
Bolt
3
4
01050-31625
Bolt
3
Clean
all parts, and check for dents, scores or
casting defects. Check that all the oil and water
passages are clear.
13i’*
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 269/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
Drawing of special tool
Push tool K
Note Komatsu has no responsibility for special tool made by this drawing.
1
A
I
\
L
N
mnd
G
fl
om
_______-_-.
- ----------.--.-
g6
-=t
;s
‘a
I
t
’
/
/
‘L
ep’
2 Cl
CDE00261
/ 795T 473 1110 n
13 19
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 270/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
Preparatory work
Install adapter A on cylinder block, set cylinder
block on engine overhaul stand B.
Prepare the cylinder block before inserting the
cylinder liner as follows.
1
2
3
4
5
Using sandpaper, remove rust and scale
from faces @ and @ until machined surface
can be seen.
Using No. 60 sandpaper, polish portions @
and @ to give a smooth finish. If there is a
sharp corner formed or any burrs on portion
8, remove with a scraper or sandpaper. Be
particularly careful to finish this surface
smoothly to prevent damage to the O-ring.
If there is pitting on face @ and it cannot be
repaired, replace cylinder block.
If there is pitting on face @ or portion 0,
polish to give a smooth finish.
Inspect counterbore and remove all burrs.
Remove all chips and dirt from face @J. Such
dirt will cause defective sealing of the liner,
leakage of water, or defective protrusion of
the liner.
Ir If there is any damage, corrosion or
pitting in the counterbore; repair it.
Q
CEE 51
13-20
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 271/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
Cylinder liner
Before assembling, carry out selection of
clearance between liner and piston referring to
MAINTENANCE STANDARD.
Replace the liner O-ring and crevice seal with
new parts just before assembling the liner.
Method of installing liner O-rings and crevice
seal
1) Check the cylinder liner O-ring groove and
outside circumference of the liner to confirm
that there is no rust or pitting.
If the surface is rough and pitted, it may
cause leakage of water, so replace the
liner.
2) Coat the mating surface of the cylinder block
and cylinder liner counterbore with silicon-
based gasket sealant LG-6).
Use a cloth to wipe off all the dirt or oil
from the cylinder block counterbore and
liner flange contact surface.
Width of gasket sealant LG-6):
m2-3mm
Make an overlap of 6 r 6 mm at the
beginning and end when coating with
gasket sealant LG-6.
If the parts are left for a long time after
coating them with gasket sealant, the
surface will start to become hard, so
complete assembly to the block within
50 minutes.
block
DWE00214
TOP surface of block
Matins portion
coat the corner of the deck)
DWEOOIBB
DWE00189
+=I
Cylin
P
er liner
Crevice seal
Black Ethylene propylene rubber)
O-ring
Black Ethylene propylene rubber)
O-ring
Orange Silicon rubber)
w
I
DEE 9
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 272/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
3)
*
*
4)
5)
+
Coat the liner O-ring and cylinder block O-
ring grooves with rubber lubricant RF-l.
RF-l: Daido Kagaku Kogyo
If RF-1 is not available, coat liner O-rings
and crevice seals with clean SAE30 engine
oil.
Oil causes the crevice seal and O-ring to
swell and deteriorate, so do not leave them
soaking in oil.
Use a brush and coat them with a small
amount of oil immediately before assembly.
After installing the liner O-ring, check for
twisting. If any twisting is found, use a
smooth bar approx. 0 10 mm) to remove
the twisting.
To prevent the crevice seal from twisting
when it is installed, press it around the whole
circumference so that it fits into the seal
groove.
Assemble the crevice seal with the
chamfered side facing down.
Method of inserting cylinder liner
I
2)
3)
Set the stamped mark “A” or “B” on the top
of the liner facing to the front, then insert
the liner into the cylinder block taking care
not to damage the O-ring.
Use your weight and push the liner in with
both hands.
* If the liner does not go in smoothly when
you apply your weight, there is danger
that the O-ring may be damaged, so
check the cylinder block for burrs or
flashes.
Using tool F, press fit cylinder liner 1) into
the cylinder block.
CEE00201
Press i t to the grove
K
Chamfered side
DEE00089
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 273/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
4) After press fitting cylinder liner, use tool H
to measure protrusion of cylinder liner.
*
*
*
When measuring the protrusion of the
cylinder liner, clamp the liner with a plate
to prevent it from being pushed up by
the O-ring.
Protrusion of cylinder liner: 0.08 - 0.18
mm
If any gasket sealant is squeezed out from
the mating portion of the cylinder block
and cylinder liner on to the top of the
cylinder block, wipe it off.
5) In addition, to prevent gasket sealant from
being squeezed out from between the block
and liner when the head is tightened, fit a
used head gasket after inserting the liner
and tighten the cylinder head temporarily.
When tightening, use the tightening torque
shown below and the order of tightening
shown on the right.
m Temporary tightening torque for
cylinder head:
137 - 157 Nm (14 - 16 kgml
CDE00204
6) Remove the cylinder head, and wipe off the
gasket sealant that has been squeezed out
from the counterbore.
j, If gasket sealant sticks to the grommet
in the head gasket, the grommet will be
deformed, so always carry out Steps 5)
and 6) to remove all the gasket sealant.
2. Crankshaft
1) Align protrusion of upper main bearing (6)
with notch in cylinder block, and install in
cylinder block.
* Check that there is no dirt or dust stuck
to the rear face of the bearing. Coat the
inside face of the bearing with engine
oil (SAE 30) before assembling.
A
Do not coat with oil to back face of metal.
* Upper metal: with oil hole.
If the grommet is deformed into a heart shape and
covers the water hole
th
coolant may leak
Grommet
Water hole
DWE002 I5
6,
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 274/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 275/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
7)
8)
9)
Before tightening main cap mounting bolt
(21, make sure as follows.
i
ii)
*
Measure the free length a of all bolts
and check that bolt length exceeds toler-
ance limit or not. Do not reuse any bolt
which has exceeded the tolerance limit.
Before tightening, measure the free length
of bolt and check that bolt length exceeds
tolerance limit or not.
Tolerance limit of bolt free length:
Max. 159.8 mm.
If the bolt length a exceeds tolerance
limit, do not reuse.
Coat washer and threads of mounting bolts
of main bearing cap with engine oil (SAE 30).
Screw in bolts (1) to fit main bearing cap
completely.
Tighten mounting bolts (2) of main bearing
cap as follows.
* When tightening the mounting bolts of
the main bearing cap, start in the middle
and work to the outside. Then tighten all
the mounting bolts again to the next step.
w Mounting bolt of main bearing cap
1st step:
108 - 128 Nm {II - 13
kgml
2nd step:
211 - 221 Nm 121.5 - 22.5 kgm1
3rd step: I)
2
When using tool J.
Turn the bolt further 90 - 120
degrees with tool J.
When not using tool J.
Mark the bolts and the cap
with a felt-tip pen, and turn
the bolts further 90 - 120
degrees.
10) After tightening bolts, rotate crankshaft and
check that it rotates smoothly.
11) Measure end play of crankshaft with dial
gauge 0.
* End play: 0.140 - 0.315 mm
DWE00275
Put a make on the
bolt and cao
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 276/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
3. Piston and connecting rod assembly
* Before assembling, carry out selection of
clearance between liner and piston referring to
MAINTENANCE STANDARD.
Assemble piston and connecting rod assembly
as follows.
I
2
3)
4)
5)
Using piston ring tool D, install piston rings
(7) on piston.
Ir Assemble the rings as shown in the
diagram.
* Install the piston rings with the stamped
mark facing up.
Sr When fitting the oil ring, remove the
expander and fit the piston, then fit the
oil ring. When doing this, check that the
expander is fitted completely inside the
ring groove.
Set piston and connecting rod.
Sr Match cylinder number on piston head
with number stamped on connecting rod,
and set numbers facing in the correct
direction. Then insert piston pin (5) and
assemble piston (6) to connecting rod
(4).
Install snap rings (3) on both sides to secure
piston pin.
Align protrusion of upper bearing of
connecting rod with notch in connecting rod
and install bearing.
* Check that there is no dirt or dust stuck
to the rear face of the bearing when
installing.
Set crankshaft to bottom dead center in
cylinder to be assembled, then coat inside
surface of connecting rod bearing and inside
surface of cylinder with engine oil (SAE 30).
CEE00165
DWE00192
3
CEE00164
Cast number
al i gn on camshai
t s i de)
13-26
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 277/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
6)
7)
8)
9)
Set cast number on connecting rod facing
front of engine (number is on camshaft side),
align end gaps of piston rings as shown in
diagram, and insert piston and connecting
rod assembly (8).
Using piston holder G, compress piston rings
and push in piston head with wooden bar.
Before tightening connecting rod bolt, make
sure as follows.
i)
ii)
+
Measure the free length a of all bolts
and check that bolt length exceeds toler-
ance limit or not. Do not reuse any bolt
which has exceeded the tolerance limit.
Before tightening, measure the free length
of bolt and check that bolt length exceeds
tolerance limit or not.
Tolerance limit of bolt free length:
Max. 95.0 mm.
If the bolt length exceeds tolerance
limit, do not reuse.
Align protrusion of lower bearing with notch
in connecting rod cap and assemble. Align
connecting rod cap (2) with mark on
connecting rod and install.
+
Check that there is not dirt or dust stuck
to the rear face of the bearing when
installing.
* Coat the sliding surface of the connect-
ing rod cap with engine oil (SAE 30).
CEE 212
CEE 213
\
P
~
DWE 275
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 278/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
IO
111
Coat bolt threads and bolt seat with engine
oil (SAE 30). Tighten mounting bolt (I) of
connecting rod as follows.
m Mounting bolt of connecting rod
1st step: 123 - 132 Nm {12.5 - 13.5 kgm1
2nd step: I)
When using tool J.
Turn the bolt further 90 - 120
degrees with tool J.
When not using tool J.
Mark the bolts and the cap
with a felt-tip pen and turn the
bolts further 90 - 120 degrees.
2)
* Make a punch mark on the bolt head
each time the bolts are used. If there are
already five marks on the bolt head, re-
place with new bolts.
After installing piston and connecting rod
assembly, rotate crankshaft and check that it
rotates smoothly. There must be no catch-
ing or other abnormality.
12) Measure side clearance of connecting rod
with dial gauge 0.
* Side clearance: 0.100 - 0.274 mm
4. Piston cooling nozzle
Fit piston cooling nozzle (2) and install mounting
bolts (I).
jr Check that the tip of each nozzle is directed
at the center of each piston shaker hole.
Put mark on bolt and
connectino rod cap
I
DWE 216
CEE 181
13-28
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 279/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
5. Main idler gear, fuel injection pump drive shaft
I
21
3)
4)
Coat fuel injection pump drive shaft (5) with
engine oil (SAE 30) and install.
Install thrust plate (41, then install mounting
bolts (3).
Install shaft (6) to main idler gear (21, then fit
washer (7) on inside.
Align “A” mark on crankshaft gear with “A”
mark on main idler gear (21, then tighten
mounting bolts (11.
m Idler mounting bolt:
1st step: 265 - 343 Nm I27 - 35 kgml
2nd step:
Mark the bolts and the side seat
of idler gear shaft with a felt-tip
pen and turn the bolts further 90
- 120 degrees.
* Make a punch mark on the bolt head
each time the bolts are used.
If there are already five marks on the
bolt head, replace with new bolts.
I
2 CEE00216
Put mark on side seat
of idler gear and bolt
I
DWE00217
Put one punch
mark
DEEM 100
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 280/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
6.
7.
8.
Oil
1)
2)
pump idler gear, oil pump assembly
Install oil pump idler gear (2).
Fit O-ring and install oil pump assembly (I).
w Oil pump idler mounting bolt:
377.6 - 426.6 Nm (38.5 - 43.5 kgm1
m Oil pump mounting bolt:
98 - 123 Nm I10 - 12.5 kgm1
Camshaft
Coat camshaft journal surfaces with engine oil
(SAE 30). Align “B” mark of camshaft gear with
“B” mark of main idler gear, then tighten
mounting bolts (3) of camshaft (4).
m Mounting bolt of plate:
98 - 123 Nm {IO - 12.5 kgml
Ir When installing the camshaft, rotate the
camshaft to prevent damage to the cam
bushing.
*
If the camshaft gear has been replaced, heat
the camshaft gear in an electric furnace at
220 - 240°C for 30 minutes, then shrink fit
the gear.
Fuel injection pump drive gear
Fit key to shaft, align “C” mark of main idler
gear ‘with “C” mark of drive gear, then fit drive
gear (2) and tighten nut (I).
m Nut: 226 - 255 Nm (23 - 26 kgml
* Check that the match marks of each drive
gear and idler gear are aligned.
I
I I
CFFOO176
_
I
c---G?/
B
m
CDE 217
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 281/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
*
Measure backlash and end play of each gear
using dial gauge 0.
* Standard backlash for each gear
Position Range (mm)
A 0.141 -
0.425
B 0.129 -
0.391
C 0.129 -
0.391
D 0.141 -
0.426
E 0.095 -
0.346
F 0.080 -
0.417
G 0.118 -
0.369
I-i OP) 0.118 -
0.369
1 tow 0.025 -
0.486
Sr Standard end play for each gear
Position Range (mm)
1 0.140 -
0.315
2 0.100 -
0.250
3 0.050 -
0.170
4 0.050 -
0.170
5 0.070 -
0.200
6 0.030 -
0.088
9. Fuel injection pump drive shaft oil seal
Before assembling the seal, check that there
is no damage, burrs, flashes, or rust on the
housing and sliding surface of the lip.
When assembling the seal, do not coat the
shaft, and the space between the sleeve and
seal lip with oil or grease. If there is any oil
or grease on the shaft, wipe it off completely.
Handle the seal and sleeve as an assembly.
Never separate them.
CEE00218
1
I
-I
2 G1
B
%6
4
D
3c
5
IF
A
H
I
---l
1
CDEOOLI S
Assembl y gui de
0 ast i c tubal
Large i nsi de
di amet er end
Smal l nsi de
di amet er end
DWE00218
13-31
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 282/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
1) Put large inside diameter end of plastic inner
tube I) in contact with end of shaft 2).
Sr Be particularly careful not to mistake the
direction when assembling.
CDE00221
2) Hold metal ring of seal 3) with both hands,
push evenly, and use sudden pushing force
to push in.
3) After pushing in seal, remove plastic inner
tube 1).
* Be particularly careful not to damage the
seal lip when removing the inner tube.
CDE00222
4) Using tool K, press fit oil seal 3) until seal
contacts to housing 4).
10
Gear case cover
Fit gasket, install gear case cover I).
* When installing the gear case cover, remove
the service meter gear box. After installing
gear case cover, install service meter gear
box.
11. Breather
1) Fit O-ring, install breather 3).
w Mounting bolt:
24.5 - 29.4 Nm I2.5 - 3.0 kgm}
2) Install hose 4) and tube 5), then secure
with clamps.
c
’
CDE00223
CDE00175
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 283/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
12. Front seal
‘7
Assemble front seal I) as follows.
Assemble guide
:
K4
co
2)
3)
4)
Before assembling the seal, check that there
is no damage, burrs, flashes, or rust on the
housing, sliding surface of the lip and the
corner of the end face of the crankshaft.
When assembling the seal, do not coat the
shaft or seal lip with oil or grease. If there is
any oil or grease on the shaft, wipe it off
completely.
Do not remove the plastic tube inside the
standard seal provided as a spare part until
immediately before assembling the seal.
Put large inside diameter end of plastic inner
tube 2) in contact with end of crankshaft
3).
Ir Be particularly careful not to mistake the
direction when assembling.
Hold metal ring of seal I) with both hands,
push evenly, and use sudden pushing force
to push in.
After pushing in seal, remove plastic inner
tube 2).
* Be particularly careful not to damage the
seal lip when removing the inner tube.
Tighten bolts of tool M uniformly until end
face of tool M contacts ends face of
crankshaft 3) to press fit seal I).
j, When press fitting the seal, be extremely
careful not to damage the lip at the PTO
end when setting the tool.
* After press fitting the seal, remove the
red sealant layer from the outside
circumference.
Small inside
diameter end
Large inside
diameter end
DWEOOZI 9
CDE 232
13 33
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 284/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY GENERAL ASSEMBLY
13. Cam follower
1) Align cam follower 2) with dowel pin, then
tighten mounting bolts 1).
w Mounting bolt:
44.1 - 58.8 Nm I4.5 - 6.0 kgm}
2) Fit O-ring and install cover.
w Mounting bolt:
9.8 - 12.7 Nm 1.0 - 1.3 kgm}
Ir The mounting bolts for the cam follower
are fitted with lubrication holes, so check
that the holes are clear.
14. Oil cooler assembly
Fit gasket and install oil cooler assembly I).
* When installing therm0 valve, confirm the
protrusion amount of spring. Fit spring again
when exceeding standard value.
Protrusion amount of spring a: 24 mm
CEE 233
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 285/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
15.
16.
:
g
17.
Water pump assembly
1) Fit O-ring and install water pump assembly
2).
*
The mounting bolts of the water pump
are used to tighten the gear case.
2) Fit gasket and install tube I).
Thermostat housing
I
2)
3)
Fit O-ring to tube 21, then install to
thermostat housing 4).
Fit gasket and install thermostat housing 4)
with mounting bolts 3).
Move tube 2) down and install ring I).
Front support
Install front support 3).
Ir For trunnion type, fill 20 cc of grease G2-LI)
to groove on mounting face of support 3),
then install.
1‘ 1 CEE00171
CEE00170
18. Vibration damper, Crankshaft pulley assembly
Install vibration damper, crankshaft pulley
assembly 21, then tighten with mounting bolt
I).
w Mounting bolt:
245 - 308.7 Nm I25 - 31.5 kgm}
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 286/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
19. Cylinder head assembly
I
Assemble cylinder head assembly as follows.
2
3)
i
ii)
iii)
iv)
Coat valve stem and inside surface of
valve guide with engine oil (SAE 30) then
assemble valve (6).
Raise cylinder head and assemble lower
valve seat (5).
Install inner valve spring (4) and outer
valve spring (31, then assemble upper
valve seat (2).
Using spring pusher C, compress valve
spring and install valve cotter (I).
+ Tap the valve stem with a plastic
hammer to check that the cotter is
completely fitted in the groove of the
valve stem.
Check that the mounting surfaces of the
cylinder head and cylinder block are clean
and that there is no dirt or foreign matter
inside the cylinder. Set cylinder head gasket
(9) in position.
* When installing the gasket, check that
the grommets are correctly in place.
Before tightening
sur
as follows.
i)
ii)
*
cylinder head bolt, make
Measure the free length a of all bolts
and check that bolt length exceeds toler-
ance limit or not. Do not reuse any bolt
which has exceeded the tolerance limit.
Before tightening, measure the free length
of bolt and check that bolt length exceeds
tolerance limit or not.
Tolerance limit of bolt free length:
Max. 166.3 mm.
If the bolt length a exceeds tolerance
limit, do not reuse.
CEE001651
CEE00164
I
CEE00166
CEE00234
OWE00275
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 287/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
4) Install cylinder head assembly (21, then
tighten mounting bolts (I).
Mounting bolt:
Antifriction compound (LM-PI
m Mounting bolt:
1st step:
I37 - 157
Nm I14 - 16 kgm)
2nd step:
211 - 221
Nm (21.5 - 22.5 kgm1
3rd step: I)
2)
*
When using tool J
Tighten bolts further 90 - 120
degrees in tightening order 0
to @ with tool J.
When not using tool J
Mark the bolt and head with a
felt-tip pen, turn bolt further
90 - 120 degree in tightening
order @ to 8.
Tighten bolt @ by tightening
torque 58.8 -
74.5 Nm (6.0 -
7.6 kgm) after tightening bolts
@ to 8.
DAD00043
I
CEE00 235
Put mark on cylinder
head and bolt
DWE00220
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 288/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY GENERAL ASSEMBLY
20. Crosshead
Install crosshead I 1.
* Adjust crosshead as follows.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Loosen locknut, and loosen adjustment
screw.
Hold top of crosshead lightly and tighten
adjustment screw.
Tighten adjustment screw until it contacts
valve stem, then tighten a further 20”.
Tighten locknut to hold in position.
m Locknut:
53 - 64.7 Nm 5.4 - 6.6 kgm}
21.
22.
Push rod
Install push rods 1).
Ir Check that the push rod is properly fitted in
the cam follower.
Rocker arm housing
Fit gasket and install
w Mounting bolt:
rocker arm housing
I).
58.8 - 73.5 Nm 16.0 - 7.5 kgm}
CEE 237
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 289/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
23.
Rocker arm
install rocker arm 3) and tighten with mounting
bolts 2) and I).
* Check that the ball of the adjustment screw
is properly fitted into the socket of the push
rod. Then tighten bolts.
w Mounting bolt:
93 - 103 Nm I9.5 - 10.5 kgm1
24. Adjusting valve clearance
Adjust valve clearance as follows.
* Adjust the clearance between the crosshead
and rocker arm to the following values.
Sr Valve clearance When engine is hot or cold.)
Unit: mm
Intake valve 1 Exhaust valve
0.41 - 0.45
0.78 - 0.82
* Crank the engine and follow the firing order
to adjust the valve clearance of each cylinder.
Firing order: 1 - 5 - 3 - 6 - 2 - 4
1
2
3)
Rotate the crankshaft in the normal
direction to align pointer 2) with the 1.6
TOP mark on vibration damper I 1. When
rotating, check the movement of the
valves.
To adjust, insert feeler gauge I between
rocker arm 3) and crosshead 4) and turn
adjustment screw 5) until clearance is a
sliding fit.
Tighten locknut 6) to hold adjustment
screw in position.
m Lock nut:
53 - 64.7 Nm j5.4 - 6.6 kgml
Ir After tightening the
the clearance again.
lock nut, check
-..
---------
\J-.._..
----
-..-.
XL
CDE00240
I
5 6
3
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 290/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
25. Nozzle holder, inlet connector
*
1
Check that there is no dirt or dust inside the
nozzle holder sleeve.
Fit O-ring (71, and coat with engine oil
(SAE 30).
* Check that there is no damage to the O-
ring.
2
3)
Install gasket (6) to nozzle holder.
Align nozzle holder (5) with mounting hole
of inlet connector and insert nozzle holder.
4)
5)
insert inlet connector (2) in rocker arm
housing and tighten partially.
Fit holder (41, then fit ball washer to
mounting bolt (3) and tighten mounting bolt.
w Holder mounting bolt:
58.8 - 73.5 Nm IS.0 - 7.5 kgm}
* Install one end of the holder to the rocker
arm housing, lay on
tighten with the bolt.
the bolt head and
6)
Tighten inlet connector
locknut (1).
w inlet connector:
(2), then tighten
34.3 - 39.2 Nm 13.5 - 4.0
kgm}
w Locknut:
29.4 - 34.3 Nm (3.0 - 3.5
kgm}
7)
Install air compressor pipe bracket.
CEE 243
CEE 159
13-40
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 291/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 292/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
2) After installing the flywheel housing,
measure the radial runout and face runout
using dial gauge 0.
* Radial runout: Max. 0.30 mm
Ir Face runout: Max. 0.30 mm
28. Rear seal
* Check condition of wear of shaft, then select
standard seal or seal with sleeve for Teflon
seal lay-down lip seal) and assemble seal.
The condition of wear of the shaft can be
judged from the degree of luster touch with
the flat of your finger to check that the depth
of wear is less than 10 pm). If there are no
scratches, assemble a standard seal. In all
other cases, assemble a seal with sleeve.
Procedure for assembling standard seal
Before assembling the seal, check that there is
no damage, burrs, f lashes, or rust on the
housing, sliding surface of the lip and the corner
of the end face of the crankshaft.
When assembling the seal, do not coat the shaft
or seal lip with oil or grease. If there is any oil or
grease on the shaft, wipe it off completely.
Do not remove the plastic tube inside the
standard seal provided as a spare part until
immediately before assembling the seal.
Put large inside diameter end of plastic inner
tube 3) in contact with end of crankshaft 4).
* Be particularly careful not to mistake the
direction when assembling.
Lip at
Large inside
Small inside
diameter end
diameter end
DEE 1 5
CEP00535
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 293/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
2) Hold metal ring of seal (I) with both hands,
push evenly, and use sudden pushing force
to push in.
3) After pushing in seal, remove plastic inner
tube (3).
+ Be particularly careful not to damage the
seal lip when removing the inner tube.
4)
Tighten bolts uniformly until end face of tool
Nl contacts ends face of crankshaft (4) to
press fit seal (1).
j, Firstly tighten tool Nl with bolt N3
(45 mm) until tool contacts end face of
crankshaft, then tighten with bolt N4
(25 mm).
j, When press fitting the seal, be extremely
careful not to damage the lip at the PTO
end when setting the tool.
Ir After press fitting the seal, remove the
red sealant layer from the outside
circumference.
Procedure for assembling seal with sleeve
*
Before assembling the seal, check that there
is no damage, burrs, flashes, or rust on the
housing, sliding surface of the lip and the
corner of the end face of the crankshaft.
* When assembling the seal, do not coat the
shaft, and the space between the sleeve and
seal lip with oil or grease. If there is any oil
or grease on the shaft, wipe it off completely.
*
Handle the seal and sleeve as an assembly.
Never separate them.
CFFOO414
Li e at crankshaf t end
DWE 221
I) Set sleeve/seal (2) to tool N2.
Surface of sleeve inner tube:
Gasket sealant (LG-7)
~ DWE 222
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 294/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
2)
3)
4)
Put sleeve of seal in contact with end face of
crankshaft, tighten 3 bolts uniformly until
end face of tool N2 contacts ends face of
crankshaft (4) to press fit sleeve/seal (2).
Remove tool N2 and replace with tool Nl.
Tighten 3 bolts uniformly until end face of
tool Nl contacts ends face of crankshaft (4)
to press fit sleeve/seal (2).
* Firstly tighten tool Nl with bolt N3
(45 mm) until tool contacts end face of
crankshaft, then tighten with bolt N4
(25 mm).
* After press fitting the seal, remove the
red sealant layer from the outside
circumference.
45mm
25mm
N
45mm
N4
25mm
CEE 251
’3 44
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 295/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
29. Flywheel
1) Using eye bolt @ (Dia. = 12 mm, Pitch = 1.75
mm), sling flywheel (I), install the flywheel
to the crankshaft, and tighten the mounting
bolt.
Coat the threads of the bolts and the
seat face, with engine oil SAE No. 30
before tightening the bolts.
kg
Flywheel: 60 kg
* Tighten mounting bolts as follows.
w Flywheel mounting bolt
1st step:
112.7 - 122.5 Nm 111.5 - 12.5 kgm1
2nd step: I)
2)
When using tool J
Tighten bolts further 90 - 120
degrees in tightening order @
to @ with tool J.
When not using tool J
Mark the bolt and head with a
felt-tip pen, turn bolt further
90 - 120 degree in tightening
order @ to 8.
CEE00156
ightening order
For construction
machine and generator
For marine engine
DKEOOI I
* Make a punch mark on the bolt head each
time the bolts are used.
* If there are already five marks on the bolt
head, replace with new bolts.
Put mark on flywheel
and bolt
DWE00223
Put one punch
mark
DEE 1
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 296/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
Ir After installing the flywheel, measure the
face runout and radial runout using dial
gauge 0.
* Face runout: Max. 0.30 mm
f Radial runout: Max. 0.30 mm
30. Suction pipe
Fit O-ring, then fit suction pipe 2) and install
bracket I) to the under frame.
31. Oil pan
1) Fit gasket and install oil pan 3).
2) Install drain hose 2).
m Hose clamp:
3.9 - 4.9 Nm jO.4 - 0.5 kgm}
3) Install wiring connector I) to bracket.
32.
33.
Oil filter assembly, oil regulator
1) Fit O-ring and install oil regulator 4).
2) Fit O-ring and install oil filter assembly 3).
Fuel filter assembly fuel filter bracket
1) Fit O-ring and install fuel filter bracket 2).
2) Install fuel filter assembly I).
3 2
CEE 154
13 46
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 297/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
34. PTO case tube, bracket
1
2)
3)
Install fuel injection pump bracket 2).
Install turbocharger lubrication inlet tube I).
w Turbocharger lubrication inlet tube
Bracket side of tube):
24.5 - 58.8 Nm 2.5 - 6 kgm1
Fit O-ring and install PTO case 3).
w Mounting bolt:
107.8 - 122.5 Nm 11.0 - 12.5 kgm}
35. Fuel iniection pump assembly
1
2)
3)
Knock key’ l3).into drive shaft 12) of fuel
injection pump.
Remove 2 coupling bolts 7) of fuel injection
pump, then remove flange coupling IO) and
front laminated coupling 5).
Install flange coupling IO) and front
laminated coupling 5) to fuel injection pump
drive shaft 12).
_j, Do not tighten mounting bolt 11).
w Mounting bolt 14)
D155AX-3 LW500-1):
58.8 - 63.7 Nm IS.0 - 6.5 kgm}
HD325 with electronic governor
KP21)):
147 - 166.6 Nm {I5 - 17 kgm}
Except above):
83.3 - 93.1 Nm 18.5 - 9.5 kgm1
-
\ 1-1 CEE00152
I
II
CEE00254
13-47
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 298/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
36.
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
Align coupling key groove with drive shaft
key, push in fuel injection pump assembly
9), align with pin portion of bracket, and set
in position.
Tighten 4 mounting bolts 8) of fuel injection
pump.
Tighten connecting bolts 11) of coupling IO)
and drive shaft 12).
w Mounting bolt I I)
HD325 with electronic governor
KP-21)): 206 - 255 Nm I21 - 23 kgm1
Except above):
83.3 - 93.1 Nm I8.5 - 9.5 kgm}
Install lubrication tubes 3) and 4).
Install fuel hoses I) and 2).
Adjusting fuel injection pump
Under the following conditions, it is possible to
increase the setting precision of the crankshaft
angle.
* If pin 19) is still in the condition set when
shipped from the factory if front cover 22)
and flange 23) have not been removed):
I) Pull out pin 24). then remove nut 15).
2) Rotate the crankshaft in the normal direction,
and align pointer 17) with the fuel injection
line 16” position) on damper 16).
* When doing this, check that line 18) on
the coupling block is near the line on the
pump housing. If it cannot be seen, rotate
the crankshaft one more turn.
CEE 255
CDE 256
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 299/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
3) Rotate crankshaft and push lock pin 19)
towards engine so that pin 19) enters hole
in fuel injection pump drive gear 20).
* When lock pin 19) is fully inserted in
the hole in gear 20), the dimension from
the tip of lock pin 19) to housing 23) is
approx. 6 mm.
4) In this position, check position of line 18)
on coupling block and line 21) on pump
housing.
A Never try to crank the engine by force
when the pin is inserted.
5) If the lines in Step 4) are not correct, adjust
as follows.
i)
ii)
iii)
Loosen bolt I 1) and flange coupling
bolts and nuts 14) at two places.
Rotate coupling block 22) and align line
21) on fuel injection pump housing with
line 18) on coupling block completely.
Tighten bolt 11) and flange coupling
bolts and nuts 14) again.
Mounting bolt, nut 14):
D155AX-3, LW500- 1)
58.8 - 63.7 Nm I6.0 - 6.5 kgm}
HD325 Electronic governor
specification KP-21))
147 - 166.6 Nm I15 - 17 kgm1
Other models)
83.3 - 93.1 Nm I8.5 - 9.5 kgm}
Mounting bolt I 1):
HD325 Electronic governor
specification KP-21))
206 - 225 Nm I21 - 23 kgm}
Other models)
83.3 - 93.1 Nm 8.5 - 9.5 kgm}
6) Pull lock pin 19) out from hole in gear 20).
or If pin 19) is stiff, tighten nut 15) before
pulling the pin out.
Ir Pull the pin out completely to a point
where it does not move.
CEE 258
7) Tighten nut 15).
8) Install pin 24).
13 49
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 300/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
37.
Fuel injection tube
Install fuel injection tube 4).
m Sleeve nut Fuel injection pump end)
22.5 - 24.5 Nm l2.3 - 2.5 kgm1
38.
After-cooler assembly Intake manifold
assembly)
1) Fit gasket, sling after-cooler assembly 2) and
tighten mounting bolts 3).
Ir Tighten bolts in order shown in diagram
at right.
m Mounting bolt:
58.8 - 73.5 Nm 6 - 7.5 kgm1
2) Install clamp 1) of fuel injection tube.
39.
Exhaust manifold
Fit gasket and install exhaust manifold 2), then
tighten with mounting bolts I).
Ir Firstly tighten mounting bolts in order @ to
@ shown in diagram, then tighten other
bolts.
m Mounting bolt:
58.8 - 73.5 Nm {6 - 7.5 kgm1
I
CEW00552
I
CEE00259
13 50
0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 301/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
40.
Turbocharger
Fit gasket and install turbocharger 2) with
mounting bolts I).
m Mounting bolt and nut:
44.1 - 49.0 Nm i4.5 - 5.0 kgml
41.
Fuel hose
Fit gasket on both sides and install fuel hose 5).
42. Dipstick guide, air compressor
1
2
3)
Fit e-ring and install air compressor
mounting plate 4). If equipped.)
Fit O-ring and install air compressor 31, then
install lubrication tube 2). If equipped.)
Install dipstick guide 1).
:
6
43
Alternator assembly, pulley
I
2
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Install pulley IO) and tighten with mounting
bolt 9).
Install alternator assembly 6) with bolt 1).
* Temporarily tighten bolt I).
Install bracket 8).
Install adjustment rod 7) with bolts 2) and
3).
or Temporarily tighten bolts 2) and 3).
+ Loosen 2 adjustment nuts 4).
Install alternator belts 5).
Adjust belt tension with adjustment nuts 4)
that deflection is 13 - 16 mm when pushed
with a force 98 N {IO kg}.
Tighten bolts I), 2) and 3).
CDE00145
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 302/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
44.
45.
46.
47.
Fan pulley assembly
Install fan pulley assembly then secure with bolts
I).
Tension pulley assembly
1
2)
3)
Install tension pulley assembly 5) with
mounting bolts 4).
Set fan belt 3) on groove of pulley.
Adjust fan belt tension with tightening
adjustment bolt 2) and move tension pulley
toward outside that deflection is 13 - 15 mm
new belt) or 17 - 19 mm when tension
adjustment) when push a force 98 N {IO kg}
at middle of fan belt 3), then tighten locknut
I). Machine without auto-tension)
Intake connector
1
2
Fit gasket to electrical intake air heater 5)
and intake connector 41, then install with
mounting bolts 3).
Install turbocharger lubrication inlet tube 21,
and secure with clamp I).
Muffler bracket, air cleaner bracket
Install muffler bracket 2) and air cleaner bracket
I).
CEE 144
I
CDE 139
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 303/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
48. Corrosion resistor
1) Install air compressor tubes. if equipped)
2) install tubes 4) and 5).
3) Install corrosion resistor assembly 3).
4) Install hoses 2) and 1).
49. Resetting engine in engine stand
1
2
3)
Sling engine assembly, remove bolts
connecting tool A and tool B to disconnect
engine assembly.
Set engine assembly on engine stand or
block.
Remove tool A.
50
51.
Turbocharger drain tube
Fit gasket and install turbocharger drain tube
1).
Starting motor
Fit gasket and install starting motor 2) wit
mounting bolts 1).
CDE 138
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 304/369
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
52. Air cleaner, muffler
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
*
Install exhaust connector 9).
Fit gasket and install muffler 8) with
mounting bolts 6), then secure with band
7).
Fit gasket and install valves 5).
Install air cleaner 4) and install hose 2)
between air cleaner and turbocharger and
hose I) between air cleaner and muffler,
then tighten mounting bolt of band 3).
w Band mounting bolt:
9.8 - 11.76 Nm Il.0 - 1.2 kgm}
For the Komaclone type air cleaner, install
precleaner 11) to air cleaner body 10).
Tighten until clearance a is 0.
53. Refilling with oil
I) Check that engine drain plug is tightened.
2) Add engine oil through oil filler to the
specified level.
Q
Engine oil pan: Approx. 37 L?
‘2
11
+
6 c
IO
CEE 26
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 305/369
Intake and exhaust system
Turbocharger............................................ 14- 2
Engine body
Cylinder head ........................................... 14- 6Valve, valve guide ....................................14- 8
Rocker arm and shaft ...............................14- 10
Crosshead and guide ...............................14- 11
Cylinder block........................................... 14- 12
Cylinder liner ............................................ 14- 13
Crankshaft................................................ 14- 14
Camshaft .................................................. 14- 15
Cam follower and push rod ...................... 14- 16
Timing gear .............................................. 14- 18
Piston ....................................................... 14- 20
Connecting rod......................................... 14- 22
Flywheel and flywheel housing.................14- 23
Lubrication system
Oil pump................................................... 14- 24
Regulator valve, piston cooling valve
and safety valve................................ 14- 26
Oil cooler ..................................................14- 27
Cooling system
Water pump.............................................. 14- 28
Thermostat ............................................... 14- 31
14 Maintenance standard
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 306/369
Maintenance standard Intake and exhaust system
Intake and exhaust system
Turbocharger
KTR110
S6D140-2
SA6D140-2
SAA6D140-2
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 307/369
Maintenance standard Intake and exhaust system
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1 End play (Play in axial direction)
Standard Repair limit Replace parts
related to
thrust0.08 – 0.13 0.18
2 Radial play (Play in radial direction) 0.25 – 0.44 0.60
Replace parts
related to
bearing
3Outside diameter or journal bearing.
Inner diameter of center housing.
Standard
size
Tolerance Repair limit
Replace
Shaft Hole Shaft Hole
25 –0.050 –0.067
+0.021+0.021
24.92 25.03
4
Inner diameter of journal bearing.
Outside diameter of wheel shaft17
–0.032
–0.043
+0.009
–0.00316.95 17.04
Curvature of wheel shaft Repair limit: 0.010 (total deflection of indicator)
5 Thickness of thrust bearing
Standard
size
Tolerance Repair limit
Width Groove Width Groove
5 –0.08
–0.10
+0.02
+0.024.86 5.04
6Thickness
of seal ring
Standard
size
Tolerance Repair limit
Turbine
side
Ring 2.3 –0.08
–0.102.15
Groove 2.3 –0.01
–0.022.35
Blower
side
Ring 2 –0.08
–0.101.85
Groove
1 Ring 2 –0.03
–0.042.05
2 Ring 4 –0.11
–0.124.05
7Clearance between blower housing
and impellerClearance limit: (Min.) 0.20
Replace parts
related to
b i
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 308/369
Maintenance standard Intake and exhaust system
KTR110L
SDA6D140E-2 (D275A-5, –50°C spec.)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 309/369
Maintenance standard Intake and exhaust system
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1 End play (Play in axial direction)
Standard Repair limit Replace parts
related to
thrust0.08 – 0.13 0.18
2 Radial play (Play in radial direction) 0.25 – 0.44 0.60
Replace parts
related to
bearing
3Outside diameter or journal bearing.
Inner diameter of center housing.
Standard
size
Tolerance Repair limit
Replace
Shaft Hole Shaft Hole
25 –0.050 –0.067
+0.021+0.021
24.92 25.03
4
Inner diameter of journal bearing.
Outside diameter of wheel shaft17
–0.032
–0.043
+0.009
–0.00316.95 17.04
Curvature of wheel shaft Repair limit: 0.010 (total deflection of indicator)
5 Thickness of thrust bearing
Standard
size
Tolerance Repair limit
Width Groove Width Groove
5 –0.08
–0.10
+0.02
+0.024.86 5.04
6Thickness
of seal ring
Standard
size
Tolerance Repair limit
Turbine
side
Ring 2.3 –0.08
–0.102.15
Groove 2.3 –0.01
–0.022.35
Blower
side
Ring 2 –0.08
–0.101.85
Groove
1 Ring 2 –0.03
–0.042.05
2 Ring 4 –0.11
–0.124.05
7Clearance between blower housing
and impellerClearance limit: (Min.) 0.20
Replace parts
related to
b i
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 310/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Engine body
Cylinder head
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 311/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1Distortion of cylinder head
mounting surface
Standard Repair limit Repair by
grinding or
replace0 – 0.06 0.09
2 Protrusion of nozzle
Engine Standard
Replace
nozzle or
cylinder head
6D140-2 4.8 – 5.6
S6D140-2, SA6D140-2,
SAA6D140-24.8 – 5.6
3
Tightening torque of cylinder
head mounting bolt (Coat the
thread areas with molybde-
num disulfide or engine oil)
Bolt No. Order Target
(Nm {kgm})
Range
(Nm {kgm})
Tighten in
sequence as
indicated
above
(1) – (6)
1st step 147 {15}137 – 157
{14 – 16}
2nd step 216 {22}211 – 221
{21.5 – 22.5}
3rd stepRetighten with
90 °90° – 120°
(7) — 68.6 {7}58.8 – 73.6
{6 – 7.5}
4Tightening torque of nozzle
holder mounting bolt
Target (Nm {kgm}) Range (Nm {kgm})
Retighten
66.7 {6.8} 58.8 – 73.6 {6 – 7.5}
5Tightening torque of fuel inlet
connector 37.3 {3.8} 34.3 – 40.2 {3.5 – 4.1}
6Tightening torque of
connector pipe locknut39.2 {4} 34.3 – 44.1 {3.5 – 4.5}
7Tightening torque of cylinder
head cover mounting bolt4.9 {0.5} 3.9 – 5.9 {0.4 – 0.6}
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 312/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Valve, valve guide
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 313/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Unit: mm
Note 1: Valve springs marked with *1 have a regular pitch.
Note 2: Valve springs marked with *2 have an irregular pitch
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1 Amount of valve sinking
Valve Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Replace valve
or valve seatIntake valve 0 ±0.10 0.70
Exhaust valve 0 ±0.10 0.70
2 Thickness of valve lip
Valve Standard size Repair limit
Replace valveIntake valve 2.4 1.9
Exhaust valve 2.15 1.75
3 Valve seat angle
Valve Standard size ToleranceRepair or
replace valve
and valve seat
Intake valve 30° ±0°15'
Exhaust valve 45° ±0°15'
4
Outside diameter of valve
stem
Intake valve 10 –0.045
–0.060Replace valve
Exhaust valve 10 –0.075
–0.090
Inside diameter of valve guide
Before inserting 10+0.019
+0.001 Replace valve
guide After inserting 10 +0.019 –0.020
Clearance between valve
guide and valve stem
Valve Standard clearance Clearance limit
Replace valve
or valve guideIntake valve 0.029 – 0.084 0.22
Exhaust valve 0.065 – 0.100 0.24
Bend of valve stem Repair limit: 0.02 (Total indicated runout, for 100) Replace valve
5 Protrusion of valve guideStandard size Tolerance
Repair 23 ±0.2
6
Free length of valve spring
Spring Standard size Repair limit
Replace valve
spring
Large *1 82.2 *2 81.7 —
Small *1 65.5 *2 72.0 —
Installed load of valve spring
SpringInstalled
length
Standard installed
load (N {kg})
Installed load limit
(N {kg})
Large 51.0*1
474±23.5
{48.4±2.4}
*2
424.3±21.6
{43.3±2.2}
*1
450.8
{46.0}
*2
377.3
{38.5}
Small 43.6*1
231.3±11.8
{23.6±1.2}
*2
215.6±10.8
{22.0±1.1}
*1
207.8
{21.2}
*2
192.1
{19.6}
Squarence of valve spring Repair limit: 2° (for both end)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 314/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Rocker arm and shaft
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1
Outside diameter of rocker
arm shaft
Standard size Tolerance Replace
rocker arm
shaft32.0 ±0.0065
Inside diameter of rocker arm
bushing32.0
+0.087
+0.035
Replace
rocker arm
Clearance between rocker
arm shaft and rocker arm
bushing
Standard clearance Clearance limit Replace
rocker arm or
rocker arm
shaft0.0285 – 0.0935 0.13
2Valve clearance
(When engine is hot or cold)
Valve Standard size Tolerance
AdjustIntake 0.43 ±0.02
Exhaust 0.80 ±0.02
3Tightening torque of rocker
arm adjustment screw locknut
Target (Nm {kgm}) Range (Nm {kgm})
Retighten58.8 53.0 – 64.7 {5.4 – 6.6}
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 315/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Crosshead and guide
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1 Depth of crosshead stem
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Replace
3+0.3
+0.33.41
2
Inside diameter of crosshead 11±0.06
±0.0211.17
Outside diameter of
crosshead guide11
+0.011
+0.01110.95
3 Protrusion of crosshead guide 49.0 ±0.25 — Repair
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 316/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Cylinder block
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1Distortion of cylinder head
mounting surface
Standard size Repair limit Repair by
grinding or
replace0 – 0.09 0.135
2
Inside diameter of main
bearing hole
Standard size ToleranceReplace main
bearing cap127+0.018
–0.006
Thickness of main bearing 3.5 –0.010
–0.010 Replace mainbearingRoundness of main bearing
holeRepair limit: 0.005
3Inside diameter of main
bearing
Standard size Tolerance Repair limitReplace main
bearing120+0.038
–0.006120.15
4Inside diameter of camshaft
bushing hole69
+0.030
+0.030—
Repair or
replace
cylinder block
5Inside diameter of camshaft
bushing65
+0.040
+0.03065.15
Replace cam-
shaft bushing
6Difference of face between
cylinder block and front cover Repair limit: 0.14
Repair by
reassembling
7
Tightening torque of main
bearing cap bolt
(Coat thread area with engine
oil)
Order Target (Nm{kgm}) Range (Nm{kgm})
Retighten
1st step 117.7 {12}107.9 – 127.5
{11 – 13}
2nd step 215.7 {22}210.8 – 220.7
{21.5 – 22.5}
3rd step Retighten with 90° 90 – 120°
8
Tightening torque of oil pan
mounting bolt and under frame
mounting bolt
Target (Nm {kgm}) Range (Nm{kgm})
66.7 {6.8} 58.8 – 73.6 {6 – 7.5}
9Tightening torque of crank
ll ti b lt274.6 {28} 245.2 – 308.9 {25 – 31.5}
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 317/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Cylinder liner
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1 Protrusion of cylinder liner Permissible range: 0.07 – 0.15
Replace cylin-
der liner or
cylinder block
2
Inside diameter of cylinder
liner
Rank Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Replace
cylinder
liner
S 140+0.020
+0.020140.12
L 140 +0.040+0.021
140.14
Roundness of cylinder liner Repair limit: 0.08
Cylindricity of cylinder liner Repair limit: 0.08
3
Outside diameter of cylinder
liner (Counter bore)
Standard size Tolerance
170.2 –0.10
–0.10
Clearance between cylinder
liner and block (Counter bore)Standard: 0 – 0.163
Replace cylin-
der liner or
cylinder block
4
Outside diameter of cylinder
liner (Counter bore bottom)
Standard size Tolerance Replacecylinder
liner 161.2+0.090
+0.050
Interference between
cylinder liner and block
(Counter bore bottom)
Standard interference Interference limit Replace cylin-
der liner or
cylinder block,
or repair 0.02 – 0.12 0.02
5
Outside diameter of cylinder
liner (O-ring)
Standard size Tolerance Replace
cylinder
liner 158 –0.024
–0.049
Clearance between cylinder
liner and block (O-ring)Standard: 0.024 – 0.089
Replace cylin-der liner or
cylinder block
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 318/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Crankshaft
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1 End play
Standard size Repair limitRepair by
using over
size thrust
bearing or
replace0.140 – 0.315 0.50
2
Outside diameter of main
journal
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Repair by
using over
size bearing or
replace
STD 120.00
–0.050
–0.068
119.88
0.25 U.S. 119.75 119.63
0.50 U.S. 119.50 119.38
0.75 U.S. 119.25 119.13
1.00 U.S. 119.00 118.88
Roundness of main journalStandard size Repair limit
0 – 0.010 0.020
Clearance of main journalStandard clearance Clearance limit Replace main
bearing0.044 – 0.106 0.27
3
Outside diameter of crank pin
journal
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Repair by
using under
size bearing or
replace
STD 90.00
–0.050
–0.068
89.88
0.25 U.S. 89.75 89.63
0.50 U.S. 89.50 89.38
0.75 U.S. 89.25 89.13
1.00 U.S. 89.00 88.88
Roundness of crank pin
journal
Standard size Repair limit
0 – 0.010 0.020
Clearance of crank pin journal
Standard clearance Clearance limit Replace
connecting rod
bearing0.042 – 0.110 0.24
4
Straightness of all main
journals
Standard size Repair limitRepair by
using under
size bearing or
replace
0 – 0.150 0.20
Straightness of two main journals
0 – 0.050 0.10
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 319/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Camshaft
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1 End playStandard size Repair limit Replace
thrust plate0.1 – 0.25 0.36
2
Outside diameter of camshaft
journal
Standard size ToleranceReplace
camshaft65 –0.016
–0.036
Clearance of camshaft journalStandard clearance Clearance limit Replace
camshaft
bushing0.016 – 0.096 0.15
3 Bend of camshaft Repair limit: 0.03 (Total indicated runout)
Replace
camshaft4 Cam height
Cam Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Intake 55.48 ±0.1 55.08
Exhaust 55.75 ±0.1 55.35
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 320/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Cam follower and push rod
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1
Outside diameter of cam
follower shaft
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Replace
22 –0.021
–0.03421.92
Inside diameter of cam
follower shaft hole22
+0.021
+0.02122.07
2 Outside diameter of cam roller 31.7+0.05
+0.0231.50
3
Inside diameter of cam roller 12.7+0.038
+0.01312.78
Outside diameter of cam roller
pin12.63 ±0.006 12.56
4 Radius of push rod ball end
Standard size Tolerance
12.7 –0.20
–0.20
5Radius of push rod socket
end
13.4 –0.20
–0.206 Bend of push rod Repair limit: 0.3 (Total indicated runout)
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 321/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 322/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Timing gear
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 323/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
— Backlash of each gears
Measuring
pointGears
Standard
size
Repair
limit
Replace
ACrankshaft gear and main idler
gear (Large)
0.141 –
0.425
0.6
BMain idler gear (Small) and
injection pump drive gear
0.129 –
0.391
CMain idler gear (Small) and
camshaft gear
0.129 –
0.391
aMain idler gear (Large) and sub
idler gear
0.141 –
0.426
bSub idler gear and oil pump drive
gear
0.080 –
0.417
c Sub idler gear and water pumpdrive gear
0.095 –0.346
dCamshaft gear and air
compressor drive gear
0.118 –
0.369
eInjection pump drive gear and
PTO gear (Lower)
0.118 –
0.369
f Compressor drive gear and PTO
gear (Upper)
0.025 –
0.486
1
Clearance between main idler
gear bushing and shaft
EngineStandard
size
Tolerance Standard
clearance
Clearance
limit
Replace
bushing
Shaft Hole
S6D140 47.6+0.014
+0.001
+0.085
+0.030
0.016 –
0.084 0.20
SA6D140 56 –0.016
–0.029
+0.055
+0.055
0.016 –
0.0840.20
2Clearance between sub idler
gear bushing and shaft
S6D140 47.6+0.014
+0.001
+0.085
+0.030
0.016 –
0.0840.20
SA6D140 56 –0.016
–0.029
+0.055
+0.055
0.016 –
0.0840.20
3 End play of main idler gear Standard size Repair limit
Replace
thrust
bearing
0.05 – 0.17 0.4
4 End play of sub idler gear 0.05 – 0.17 0.4
5End play of injection pump
drive gear 0.07 – 0.20 0.4
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 324/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Piston
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 325/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1 Outside diameter of piston
Rank Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Replace
piston
S 140 –0.070
–0.085139.81
L 140 –0.055
–0.070
2|
4
Thickness of piston ring
No. Measuring point Standard size Tolerance
Replace
piston ring
2 Top ring 2.4 –0.015 –0.035
3 Second ring 2.41 –0.010
–0.035
4 Oil ring 4 –0.010
–0.030
Width of piston ring groove
2 Top ringJudge using groove wear gauge
Replace
piston
3 Second ring
4 Oil ring 4+0.040
+0.020
Clearance between piston ring
and ring groove
No. Measuring point Standard clearance Clearance limit
Replace
piston or
piston ring
2 Top ringJudge using groove wear gauge
3 Second ring
4 Oil ring 0.02 – 0.06 0.14
Piston ring gap
2 Top ring
0.42 – 0.57
(Tension
16.5 – 23.5 N
{1.68 – 2.40 kg})
2.0
Replace
piston ring or
cylinder liner
3 Second ring
0.65 – 0.80
(Tension
16.2 – 24.2 N
{1.65 – 2.47 kg})
1.5
4 Oil ring
0.37 – 0.52
(Tension
55.9 – 75.5 N
{5.7 – 7.7 kg})
1.0
5
Outside diameter of piston pin
Standard size ToleranceReplace
piston pin52 –0.006
–0.006
Inside diameter of piston pin
hole52
+0.045
+0.035
Replace
piston
Clearance between piston pin
and piston
Standard clearance Clearance limit Replace
piston orpiston pin0.035 – 0.051 0.10
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 326/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Connecting rod
Unit: mm
a Note: The connecting rod bolt can be re-used up to a maximum of 5 times. Each time the bolt is re-used,
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1
Inside diameter of bushing at
connecting rod small end
(Treat with reamer after press
fitting bushing)
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit Replace bushing
(New part is sup-
plied as a semi-
finished part)52
+0.049
+0.03052.09
Clearance between bushing at
connecting rod small end and
piston pin
Standard clearance Clearance limit Replace
bushing or
piston pin0.030 – 0.055 0.11
2Inside diameter of bushing hole
at connecting rod small end
Standard size Tolerance Replace
connecting
rod57.4+0.030
+0.030
3Inside diameter of bearing at
connecting rod big end
Standard size Tolerance Repair limitReplace
bearing90+0.042
–0.00890.15
4
Inside diameter of bearing hole
at connecting rod big end
(a Measure after tightening
connecting rod cap bolt
with specified torque)
Standard size ToleranceReplace
connecting
rod95+0.026
–0.004
Thickness of connecting rod
bearing
Standard size Tolerance Repair limitReplace
bearing2.5+0.002
–0.008
—
5Parallelism and twist of
connecting rod
ItemStandard
size
Repair
limit Replace
connecting
rodParallelism 0 – 0.20 0.25
Twist 0 – 0.30 0.35
6
Tightening torque of connect-
ing rod cap mounting bolt
(Coat bolt threads and nut
seats with engine oil)
Standard size Target (Nm{kgm}) Repair (Nm{kgm})
Retighten1st step 127.5 {13}117.7 – 132.4
{12.5 – 13.5}
2nd step Retighten with 90° 90 – 120°
— Weight of connecting rod
Permissible range:
Variation between weights on the machine max. 154 g Replace
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 327/369
Maintenance standard Engine body
Flywheel and flywheel housing
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1Face runout of flywheel
housingRepair limit: 0.35
Repair 2Radial runout of flywheel
housingRepair limit: 0.30
3 Face runout of flywheel Repair limit: 0.20
4 Radial runout of flywheel Repair limit: 0.15
5
Tightening torque of flywheel
housing mounting bolts
(Coat thread areas with engine
oil)
Order Tightening order Target(Nm {kgm}) Range(Nm {kgm})
Retighten
1st step191.2
{19.5}147.1 – 235.4
{15 – 24}
2nd step274.6
{28.0}245.2 – 308.9
{25 – 31.5}
6
Tightening torque of flywheel
mounting bolts
(Coat thread areas with engine
oil)
Order Target
(Nm {kgm})
Range
(Nm {kgm})
1st step117.7
{12}112.8 – 122.6
{11.5 – 12.5}
2nd stepRetighten
with 90°90° – 120°
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 328/369
Maintenance standard Lubrication system
Lubrication system
Oil pump
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 329/369
Maintenance standard Lubrication system
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1 Axial clearance of pump gear
Standard
size
ToleranceStandard
clearance
Clearance
limit
Replace
Gear
thickness
Housing
depth
45 –0.025
–0.025
+0.067
+0.040
0.03 –
0.0880.10
2 Radial clearance of pump gear
Standardsize
Tolerance
Standardclearance
ClearancelimitGear
O.D.
Housing
I.D.
51.4 –0.15
–0.21
+0.06
+0.06
0.033 –
0.100.13
3Clearance between drive shaft
and pump body bushing
Standard
size
Tolerance Standard
clearance
Clearance
limit
Replace
bushing
Shaft Hole
18+0.106
+0.088
+0.173
+0.146
0.040 –
0.085
4Clearance between driven
shaft and driven gear bushing18
+0.090
+0.070
+0.147
+0.127
0.032 –
0.077
5Clearance between driven
shaft and body18
+0.090
+0.070
+0.129
+0.102
0.012 –
0.059
6Clearance between relief
valve and pump cover 16
–0.040
–0.060
+0.043
+0.043
0.040 –
0.103
7Interference between drive
shaft and oil pump drive gear
Standard
size
Tolerance Standard
interference
Interference
limit
Replace
Shaft Hole
18+0.106
+0.088
+0.065
+0.047
0.023 –
0.059—
8Interference between drive
gear and drive shaft18
+0.106
+0.088
+0.063
+0.028
0.025 –
0.078—
9Interference between driveshaft bushing and pump cover
21+0.090+0.065
+0.021+0.021
0.044 –0.090
—
10Interference between driven
shaft bushing and driven gear 21
+0.090
+0.065
+0.035
+0.035
0.030 –
0.090—
11Interference between driven
shaft and pump cover 18
+0.090
+0.070
+0.040
+0.022
0.030 –
0.068—
12 Main relief valve spring
Standard size Repair limit
ReplaceFree length
Installed
length
Installed
loadFree length
Installed
load
49.1 32.0126.4 N
{12.9 kg}
113.7 N
{11.6 kg}
13 Main relief valve set pressure Standard: 0.8 ± 0.05 MPa {8.0 ± 0.5 kg/cm2} Replace
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 330/369
Maintenance standard Lubrication system
Regulator valve, piston cooling valve and safety valve
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1Clearance between regulator
valve and body
Standard
size
Tolerance Standard
clearance
Clearance
limit Replace valve
or body
Shaft Hole
22+0.15
+0.12
+0.28
+0.220.07 – 0.16 —
2 Regulator valve spring
Standard size Repair limit
Replace springFree length
Installed
length
Installed
load (N{kg})Free length
Installed
load (N{kg})
83 7916.1
{1.64}—
15.1
{1.54}
3 Regulator valve set pressure 0.3 ± 0.02 MPa {3.2 ± 0.2 kg/cm
2
} Replace4 Safety valve set pressure 0.2 ± 0.02 MPa {2.0 ± 0.2 kg/cm2}
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 331/369
Maintenance standard Lubrication system
Oil cooler
Unit: mm
a The figure in ( ) indicates the thermostat for fully open temperature 116°C.a There are two types of thermostat for the oil cooler (fully open temperature: 100°C and 116°C). For the
marine engine only the fully open temperature 100°C is applicable; for other models, either type can be used.
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1
Lift of thermostat to fully open
position
Min 8 mm (soak in oil bath at 100°C (116°C) for 4 to 5 minutes to
check)
Replace
Opening/closing of thermostat
Valve must fully close when valve is soaked in oil bath for fully
open 100°C (116°C) and then soaked in oil bath for fully closed
85°C (110°C) for 4 to 5 minutes.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 332/369
Maintenance standard Cooling system
Cooling system
Water pump
6D140-2
S6D140-2SA6D140-2
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1Interference between
impeller and shaft
Standard sizeTolerance Standard
interference
Replace
Shaft Hole
15.9 +0.018+0.005
–0.020 –0.050
0.025 – 0.068
2Interference between drive
gear and shaft25
+0.015
+0.002
–0.023
–0.0530.025 – 0.068
3Interference between pulley
flange and shaft25
+0.015
+0.002
–0.023
–0.0530.025 – 0.068
4Clearance between impeller
and bodyStandard clearance: 0.30 – 1.0 (Including end play)
5 Abrasion of seal ring in water
seal
Repair limit
A: 1.5
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 333/369
Maintenance standard Cooling system
S6D140-2
SA6D140-2
SDA6D140E-2 (D275A-5, –50°C spec.)
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1Interference between
impeller and shaft
Standard sizeTolerance Standard
interference
Replace
Shaft Hole
16 –0.082 –0.095
–0.020 –0.150
0.025 – 0.068
2Interference between drive
gear and shaft28
+0.015
+0.002
–0.023
–0.0530.025 – 0.068
3Interference between pulley
flange and shaft25
+0.015
+0.002
–0.021
–0.0410.025 – 0.056
4Clearance between impeller
and bodyStandard clearance: 0.6 – 0.9 (Including end play)
5 Abrasion of seal ring in water
seal
Repair limit
A: 1.5
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 334/369
Maintenance standard Cooling system
For aftercooler
SDA6D140E-2 (D275A-5, –50°C spec.)
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1Interference between
impeller and shaft
Standard size
Tolerance Standard
interference
Replace
Shaft Hole
15.9+0.018
+0.005
–0.020
–0.0500.025 – 0.068
2Interference between drive
gear and shaft20
+0.015
+0.002
–0.023
–0.0530.025 – 0.068
3Clearance between impeller
and bodyStandard clearance: 0.3 – 1.1 (Including end play)
4 Abrasion of seal ring in water
seal
Repair limit
A: 1.5
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 335/369
Maintenance standard Cooling system
Thermostat
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
1
Lift of thermostat to fully open
positionMin. 10 mm (soak in oil bath at 90°C for 4 to 5 minutes to check)
ReplaceOpening/closing of thermostat
Valve must fully close when valve is soaked in oil bath for fullyopen (90°C) and then soaked in oil bath for fully closed (71°C) for
4 to 5 minutes
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 336/369
Table of special tools .....................................15- 2
Cylinder head
Grinding of fitting face of cylinder head.... 15- 3
Replacing valve seat insert ......................15- 4Pressure test ............................................ 15- 9
Replacing valve guide ..............................15- 10
Replacing crosshead guide......................15- 11
Grinding valve .......................................... 15- 12
Cylinder block
Replacing cam bushing............................15- 13
Replacing crankshaft gear........................ 15- 16
Replacing cam gear ................................. 15- 17
Replacing flywheel ring gear ....................15- 18
Replacing connecting rod small
end bushing ......................................15- 19
Cylinder block parts .......................................15- 20
Testing and inspecting cylinder block ............15- 21
Correcting cylinder block top surface,
counterbore............................................. 15- 24
Replacing main bearing cap .......................... 15- 32
15 Repair and replacement of parts
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 337/369
Repair and replacement of parts Table of special tools
Table of special tools
Operation Symbol Part No. Part Name Q'ty Remarks
Checking inside diameter of
main bearing mounting hole JCommercially
available Alignment bar
Grinding counterbore K
1 79A-513-1710 Basic machine 1
2 79A-513-1780 Guide plate 1
3 79A-513-1820 Cutter plate 1
4 79A-513-1860 Cutter 1
5 79A-513-1940 Cutter set gauge 1
6 79A-513-1950 Micrometer 1
7 79A-513-1960 Driver plate 1
8 79A-513-2090 Driver shaft 1
9 79A-513-2110 Driver handle 1
10 79A-513-2120 Service package 1
11 79A-513-2130 Case 1
12 79A-513-2140 Basic machine 1
13 79A-513-2160 Cutter plate 1
14 79A-513-2230 Cutter 1
15 79A-513-2240 Remover pin 1
16 79A-513-2250 Case 1
17 79A-513-2260 Service package 118 79A-513-2270 Compound 1 Loctite
19 79A-513-2280 Primer 1 Loctite
20 79A-513-2320 Bushing 12
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 338/369
Repair and replacement of parts Cylinder head
Cylinder head
Grinding of fitting face ofcylinder head
1. Grinding
1) Remove the valve seat insert. See the
section of replacement of the valve seat
insert.
2) Remove the strain and corrosion of the
cylinder head by grinding them within the
allowable limit of the cylinder head height H,
then stamp the letter "R" on the left side of
the cylinder head.
a Cylinder head height H
Basic height: 105 ± 0.05 mm
a Limit after grinding: 104.65 mm
a Grinding height/time: 0.10 – 0.15 mma Roughness of ground surface: 6 S max.
a Change of cross level: 0.05 mm max.
a Grinding limit: 0.3 mm
a Height difference among cylinder heads
of each engine: 0.15 max.
3) Fit an oversize insert one rank larger. See
the section of replacing valve seat insert.
2. Check after grinding
Confirm that the sinking distance of the valve is
within the standard range. Grind for adjustment,
if necessary.a Standard sinking distance of valve:
0 ± 0.1 mm
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 339/369
Repair and replacement of parts Cylinder head
Replacing valve seat insert
Special tools
1. Removal of valve seat insert
k When using a grinder to carry out this work, carryout a test run for one minute before starting the
operation to check that there is no abnormality.
• If the grindstone has been replaced, carry
out the test run 3 minutes.
k Check that there is no damage to the grindstone,
fit it to the grinder spindle so that there is play,
and wear safety glasses when using the grinder.
• When removing with a valve seat puller
1) Install grindstone to grinder .
2) Align the groove of sleeve with holder ,and insert.
a Adjust the position of the grinder with set
screw .
No. Part No. Part Name Q'ty
A 795-100-4800 Puller (valve seat) 1
B
1 790-101-5001 Push tool (KIT) 1
2 790-101-5081• Plate
(for intake valve)1
3 790-101-5071• Plate
(for exhaust valve)1
C
1
795-100-3003 Seat cutter (KIT) 1
795-100-3100 • Body ass'y 1
795-100-3200 • Micrometer 1
795-100-3300 • Gauge 1
795-100-3400 • Tool head 1
795-100-3601 • Head support 1
2 795-100-3710• Cutter (for oversize
machining)1
3 795-100-3720 • Cutter (for 30°) 1
4795-100-3730 • Cutter (for 45°) 1
795-100-4210 • Pilot (10.000 mm) 1
5
795-100-4220 • Pilot (10.010 mm) 1
795-100-4230 • Pilot (10.020 mm) 1
795-100-4240 • Pilot (10.030 mm) 1
HEE00081
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 340/369
Repair and replacement of parts Cylinder head
3) Adjust the position of the grinder so that the
center of grindstone is at the center of
seat insert (1), then tighten the set screw to
fix the grinder in place.
4) Rotate the grindstone and move it slowly
until it contacts insert (1).
5) Press the grindstone lightly against the
inside face of the insert and make a groove
around the whole circumference of the
inside face of the insert.
a Depth of groove: Approx. 1 mm
6) Push the three claws (a) of puller head of
tool A inwards by hand, and fit into insert
(1).
7) Tighten screw to push the three claws
into the groove on the inside face of the
insert.
a When the claws are completely in
contact with the groove, stop tightening.
8) Insert bridge on the outside of the puller
head, set plates and on top of the
bridge, and tighten nut to pull out the
insert.
• When welding a bar to the insert to remove
1) Weld bar (1) (diameter: approx. 10 ø) of a
diameter 0.1 – 0.5 mm smaller than the
inside diameter of the insert to insert (2).
a Be careful not to deposit any of the
welding metal on the head itself.
2) When the temperature of the weld has
dropped to around room temperature, insert
a used valve (3) in the opposite direction,
and hit the face of the valve with a smallhammer to remove the insert.
a Be careful not to hit too hard, as any
excessive shock may cause the weld to
break off.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 341/369
Repair and replacement of parts Cylinder head
2. Press fitting valve seat insert
• When not grinding and correcting press-fit-
ting surface of valve seat insert
1) Using tools B1 and B2, or tools B1 and B3,
press fit standard valve seat insert (2) with a
press.
a Do not use a hammer to press fit.a Press-fitting force for valve seat insert
Intake side : Approx. 14.7 kN {1.5 ton}
Exhaust side: Approx. 14.7 kN {1.5 ton}
2) Check the insertion depth (h) of the insert
from the bottom surface of the cylinder
head.
a Insertion depth (h) of insert
Intake side : 2.2 mm
Exhaust side: 2.4 mm
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 342/369
Repair and replacement of parts Cylinder head
3. Oversize machining of mounting hole for
valve seat insert
1) Using tools C1 and C2, grind the hole to the
one level larger oversize.
a Machine within an oversize range of 1.0
mm. If it is more than 1.0 mm, replace
the cylinder head.
• Method of machining insert and mounting hole
a Roughness of inside surface: Within 6.3 S
a Roughness at bottom of mounting hole:
Within 12.5 S
a Concentricity with valve guide inside surface:
Within 0.03 mm (TIR)
Insert ValveInsert Insert mounting hole
d h D1 D2 H
STDIntake 55.0 8.8 55.0 58.00 ± 0.2 11
Exhaust 52.0 8.6 52.0 55.00 ± 0.2 11
0.25 O.S.Intake 55.25 8.8 55.25 58.25 ± 0.2 11
Exhaust 52.25 8.6 52.25 55.25 ± 0.2 11
0.50 O.S.Intake 55.5 8.92 55.5 58.50 ± 0.2 11.12
Exhaust 52.5 8.72 52.5 55.50 ± 0.2 11.12
0.75 O.S
Intake 55.75 9.05 55.75 58.75 ± 0.2 11.25
Exhaust 52.75 8.85 52.75 55.75 ± 0.2 11.25
1.00 O.SIntake 56.0 9.18 56.0 59.00 ± 0.2 11.38
Exhaust 53.0 8.98 53.0 56.00 ± 0.2 11.38
+0.100+0.090
–0.1 –0.1
+0.019+0
–0.1 –0.1
+0.080+0.070
–0.1 –0.1
+0.019+0
–0.1 –0.1
+0.100+0.090
–0.1 –0.1
+0.019+0
–0.1 –0.1
+0.080+0.070
–0.1 –0.1
+0.019+0
–0.1 –0.1
+0.100+0.090
–0.1 –0.1
+0.019+0
–0.1 –0.1
+0.080+0.070
–0.1 –0.1
+0.019+0
–0.1 –0.1
+0.100+0.090
–0.1 –0.1
+0.019+0
–0.1 –0.1
+0.080+0.070
–0.1 –0.1
+0.019+0
–0.1 –0.1
+0.100+0.090
–0.1 –0.1
+0.019+0
–0.1 –0.1
+0.080+0.070
–0.1 –0.1
+0.019+0
–0.1 –0.1
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 343/369
Repair and replacement of parts Cylinder head
4. Finishing insert seat surface
1) Using tools C1, and C3, and C4, finish the
surface of the insert seat to the dimensions
shown in the diagram below.
a When selecting a pilot C5 to insert into
the valve guide, choose one that gives
no clearance.• Intake valve
• Exhaust valve
2) Rub the seat surface with compound.
Width of finished face of exhaust valveinsert and width of contact with valve
5. Finish inspection
• Coat the seat surface of the new valve thinly
with red lead (minimum), insert it in the valve
guide, push lightly against the valve insert
surface, and rotate 10°. Check the valve
insert contact surface, and confirm that the
contact is uniform without any breaks.
• Or
Make marks with a pencil on the seat sur-
face of the new valve as shown in the dia-
gram below, insert it in the valve guide, push
lightly against the valve insert surface, and
rotate 10°. Check that the pencil marks have
been erased uniformly around the whole cir-
Unit’ mm
Unit: mm
Part No. 6210-11-1320 (S.T.D)
6210-19-1320 (0.25 O.S)
6210-18-1320 (0.50 O.S)
6210-17-1320 (0.75 O.S)
6210-16-1320 (1.00 O.S)
6210-11-1321 (S.T.D)
6210-19-1321 (0.25 O.S)
6210-18-1321 (0.50 O.S)
6210-17-1321 (0.75 O.S)
6210-16-1321 (1.00 O.S)
Width of finished surface A: 47.1 B: 1.5 A: 45.7 B: 2.5
Width of contact with valve
(when using master valve)C: 1.5 ± 0.2 C: 2.5 ± 0.2
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 344/369
Repair and replacement of parts Cylinder head
Pressure test
• When corrections have been made around the
cylinder head, test the pressure as follows.
Special tools
1. Water pressure test
1) Assemble tool A and tool B, and connect
the hose to flange (1).
2) Apply water pressure (0.34 – 0.39 MPa {3.5
– 4.0 kg/cm 2}) for approx. 10 minutes, and
check that there is no leakage from around
the cylinder head.
a When carrying out this test, heat the whole
cylinder head and carry out the test with hot
water (80 – 95°C).
2. Air pressure test
1) Connect the compressor hose to flange (1).
2) Put the head in the container of water, apply
air pressure (0.29 – 0.34 MPa {3.0 – 3.5 kg/
cm2}) for approx. 30 seconds, and check
that there is no leakage in the water.
a If the above test shows any cracks around the
plate plugs, replace the cylinder head.
No. Part No. Part Name Q'ty
A 790-553-1600 Coolant tester kit 1
B 79A-471-1050 Pump assembly 1
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 345/369
Repair and replacement of parts Cylinder head
Replacing valve guide
Special tools
1. Removal of valve guide
Using valve guide remover A, remove the valve
guide.
2. Press fitting valve guide
1) Press fit the valve guide until the tip of valve
guide driver B contacts the cylinder head.2) Measure the protrusion of the valve guide
and check that it is within the standard
range.
a Valve guide protrusion
Tolerance: 23 ± 0.2 mm
No. Part No. Part Name Q'ty
A 795-100-1520 Valve guide remover 1
B 795-130-1710 Valve guide driver 1
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 346/369
Repair and replacement of parts Cylinder head
Replacing crosshead guide
Special tools
1. Removal of crosshead guide
Using crosshead guide puller A, remove the
crosshead guide.
1) As shown in the diagram, grip crosshead
guide with collet of puller.
2) Tighten collet with bolt , and lock sleeve
.
3) Turn nut , and pull out crosshead guide.
4) Remove any burrs or flashes from thecrosshead guide mount.
2. Press fitting crosshead guide
Using tool B, insert the crosshead guide in the
cylinder head, and use a copper bar or plastic
hammer to press fit until the protrusion is within
the permitted tolerance.
a Protrusion of crosshead guide
Tolerance: 49 ± 0.5 mm
No. Part No. Part Name Q'ty
A 795-140-6410 Crosshead guide puller 1
B 795-130-1310 Crosshead guide driver 1
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 347/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 348/369
Repair and replacement of parts Cylinder block
Cylinder block
Replacing cam bushing
Special tools
a When replacing the cam bushing, first remove
the blind plug at the rear of the cylinder block.
1. Removal of No. 1, 7 bushings
As shown in the diagram, assemble push tool
A2, collar A3, and push bar A1 of push tools A,
then hit the push bar to knock bushing (2) out
from cylinder block (1).
2. Removal of No. 2, 6 bushings
Assemble push bar A1, push tool A2, collar A3,
and guide A4 of push tool A, then hit the push
bar to knock bushing (3) out from cylinder block
(1).
3. Removal of No. 3, 4, 5 bushings
Assemble push bar A1, push tool A2, collar A3,
and guide A4 of push tool A, then hit the push
bar to knock bushing (4) out from cylinder block
(1).
No. Part No. Part Name Q'ty
A 795-213-1200 Push tool 1
A
1 795-213-1250 Push bar 1
2 795-213-1210 Push tool 1
3 795-213-1240 Collar 1
4 795-213-1230 Guide 1
5 792-103-0400 Grip 1
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 349/369
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 350/369
Repair and replacement of parts Cylinder block
• Using inside gauge , measure the inside
diameter of the bushing.
• Check the clearance between the bushing and
shaft, and if the clearance is not within the spec-
ified range, or the shaft does not move smoothly,
correct the inside diameter of the bushing with a
reamer.
• When the inside diameter of the bushing has
been corrected with a reamer, clean all the
metal particles from the oil hole and oil
groove.
a Inside diameter of cam bushing: ø65 mm
a Clearance of camshaft journal: 0.016 – 0.096 mm
+0.06 –0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 351/369
Repair and replacement of parts Cylinder block
Replacing crankshaft gear
Special tools
1. Removal of Gear
Make a scratch in the surface at the root of the
teeth with a grinder, then assemble pullers
and , and turn the nut to remove the gear.
a If the gear cannot be removed in this way,
make a scratch in the surface at the root of
the teeth with a grinder, then heat the gear
with a burner and knock the gear out with a
copper rod.
a Be careful not to damage the shaft.
2. Press fitting gear
1) Check the gear mounting surface, key
groove, and flange surface, and if there are
any scratches, correct them wi th an
oilstone.
2) Knock a new key into the key groove of the
shaft.
3) Heat the gear for the specified time at thespecified shrink-fitting temperature.
a Crankshaft gear shrink-fitting temperature:
200°C
Heating time: Min. 30 minutes
4) Put the timing mark on the outside, then use
a hitting tool to press fit until the side face of
the gear is in close contact with the shaft
flange.
a Knock in quickly before the gear becomes
cool.
No. Part No. Part Name Q'ty
790-101-2800 Bearing puller 1790-101-2300 Push puller 1
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 352/369
Repair and replacement of parts Cylinder block
Replacing cam gear
1. Removal of gear
Set the camshaft assembly on the press stand,
then push the camshaft to remove the gear.
kWhen setting the camshaft assembly on thepress stand, be careful not to get caught your
fingers between the press stand and the gear.
2. Press fitting gear
1) Check the gear mounting surface, key
groove, and flange surface, and if there are
any scratches, correct them with an oilstone.
2) Knock a new key into the key groove of the
shaft.
3) Assemble the thrust plate.
4) Heat the gear for the specified time at the
specified shrink-fitting temperature.a Crankshaft gear shrink-fitting temperature:
220 – 240°C
Heating time: Min. 30 minutes
5) Put the timing mark on the outside, then use
a hitting tool to press fit until the side face of
the gear is in close contact with the shaft
flange.
a Knock in quickly before the gear becomes
cool.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 353/369
Repair and replacement of parts Cylinder block
Replacing flywheel ring gear
k Be careful not to let the flywheel fall and injure
you.
1. Removal of ring gear Make a scratch in the surface at the root of the
teeth with a grinder, then split with a chisel to
remove.
k Be careful when handling the grinder and
chisel.
2. Press fitting ring gear
1) Check the ring gear mounting surface, and if
there are any scratches, correct them with
an oilstone.
2) Heat the ring gear for the specified time atthe specified shrink-fitting temperature.
a Ring gear shrink-fitting temperature:
Max. 200°C
Heating time: Min. 50 minutes
3) Set the chamfered face of the ring gear
facing the flywheel, and press fit until the
side face of the gear is in close contact with
the flywheel.
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 354/369
Repair and replacement of parts Cylinder block
Replacing connecting rodsmall end bushing
Special tools
1. Removal of connecting rod bushing
1) Set the connecting rod to tool B3.
2) Using tool B1, remove the connecting rod
bushing with press.
a After removing the bushing, remove any
burrs or flashes, and clean the mounting
hole of the bushing.
2. Press fitting connecting rod bushing
1) Set connecting rod to tool B3.
2) Assemble connecting rod bushing in tool
B1, set tool B2 in position, then secure with
tool B4 so that it does not move.
a Align the oil hole of the connecting rod
bushing with the oil hole of the connecting
rod.
3) Push tool B1 with press, and press fit the
connecting rod bushing.
• The bushing is supplied as a semi-finished prod-uct, so the inside diameter is too small and the
piston pin will not go in.
Af ter press fi tt ing the bush ing, machine the
inside diameter of the bushing with a reamer or
honing machine in accordance with the mainte-
nance standard.
a After machining, clean all the metal particles
from the oil hole and oil groove.
No. Part No. Part Name Q'tyA 795-240-6400 Push tool (KIT) 1
B
1 795-240-6410 Push tool 1
2 795-240-6420 Push tool 1
3 795-240-6430 Block 1
4 01530-03912 Nut 1
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 355/369
Repair and replacement of parts Cylinder block parts
Cylinder block parts
1. Cylinder liner
2. Clevis seal
3. Cylinder liner O-ring
4. Cylinder block
5. Main bearing cap
6. Main bearing cap bolt
7. Camshaft bushing
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 356/369
Repair and replacement of parts Testing and inspecting cylinder block
Testing and inspecting cylinder block
Unit: mm
Sym-
bolInspection item Judgement standards Remedy
A. CracksCheck for cracks (external color check)
Cylinder head bolt hole portion, etc.Replace
B.Correction of contact at
packing portionReplace
C.Clearance from
cylinder liner
Replace cylinder
liner or cylinder
block
D.Inside diameter of
camshaft bushing
• Inside diameter
• Clearance from camshaft bearingReplace bushing
E. Protrusion of liner
Replace cylinder
liner or correct
cylinder block
F.
Depth of counterbore
and corrosion of
bottom surface
• Check for corrosion
Repair by
machining,
add shim
G.
Distortion, wear of
cylinder head mounting
surface
Repair by
machining
Check for water leakage caused by corrosion
Standard
size
Standard valueStandard
clearanceInside diameter of
cylinder block
Outside diameter
of cylinder block
158.00158.00 –
158.04
157.946 –
157.976
0.024 –
0.094
Standard size Standard value Standard limit
69 69.000 – 69.025 69.10
Standard clearance Clearance limit
0.016 – 0.096 0.15
Permissible range: 0.07 – 0.15
Standard size Standard value
11 11.00 – 11.05
Tolerance Repair limit
Overall top surface of block: Max. 0.09
For one cylinder: Max. 0.05
0.135
0.100
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 357/369
Repair and replacement of parts Testing and inspecting cylinder block
H.
Inside diameter of main
bearing mounting hole
Replace
I.Fitting of main bearing
cap and cylinder block
J.
Inside diameter of
counterbore, outside
diameter of cylinder
liner flange
• Cylinder liner
Replace cylinder
liner
• Cylinder block
Correct cylinder
block sleeve
Unit: mm
Sym-
bolInspection item Judgement standards Remedy
• Tighten main bear-ing cap bolt tospecified torque
• Measure mainbearing cap matingsurface within up-and-down range of10°
Standard size Standard value Standard limit
127 127.000 – 127.025 —
Coaxiality of whole unit Max. 0.020
Coaxiality between neighboring holes Max. 0.013
Journal Standard fitting Clearance limit
No.1 – 7Interference
0.002 – 0.060—
Standard
size
Standard
value
Repair
limit
Top
step170.2
170.10 –
170.20—
Bottom
step161.2
161.25 –
161.29—
Standard
size
Standard
value
Repair
limit
Top
step170.2
170.200 –
170.263—
Bottom
step161.2
161.197 –
161.230—
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 358/369
Repair and replacement of parts Testing and inspecting cylinder block
Method of checking inside diameter of main
bearing mounting hole using alignment bar
• When checking the inside diameter of the main
bearing mounting hole using an alignment bar,
do as follows.
Tool J (alignment bar)
1. Set the cylinder block on a stand with the main
bearing cap mount at the top.
2. Coat the inside surface of the main bearing hole
of the cylinder block with engine oil.
a Remove the main bearing cap.
3. Set tool J (alignment bar) in the main bearing
hole of the cylinder block.
4. Install the main bearing cap, then tighten the
mounting bolts to the specified torque.
5. Check that tool J moves smoothly.
n t: mm
Standard dimension
Diameter 127
Roundness 0.005
Straightness 0.010
Length Min. 1,150
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 359/369
Repair and replacement of parts Correcting cylinder block top surface, counterbore
Correcting cylinder block top surface, counterbore
Flow for correction procedure
a When removing, installing, disassembling, or assembling the engine, see the DISASSEMBLY AND
ASSEMBLY section for details of the procedure.
a If the judgement for Item 9 is NO, go to (A). If the answer is NO again, go on to (B).
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 360/369
Repair and replacement of parts Correcting cylinder block top surface, counterbore
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 361/369
Repair and replacement of parts Correcting cylinder block top surface, counterbore
Grinding
• If there is strain or corrosion of the top surface of
the cylinder block, grind the top surface.
• If there are blackened portions on the cylinder
liner contact surface of the counterbore (particu-
larly in the front-to-rear direction), or there is
speckled wear, and these portions extend over more than half of the contact surface, or if grind-
ing has been carried out on the top surface, cor-
rect the counterbore.
1. Grinding top surface of cylinder block
1) Measure the wear and strain of the top
surface of the cylinder block, and if it is over
the repair limit, grind the top surface of the
cylinder block within the repair limit for
height d of the cylinder block.
a Guideline for grinding top surface of
cylinder block• When wear and corrosion on top
surface of cylinder block are the
same shape as the mark left by the
head gasket
• When wear amount a is more than
0.15 mm
Table 1
a When grinding with grindstone (reference)
Grindstone speed : 1650 – 1950 m/min
Table speed : 15 – 30 m/min
Amount of grinding
for one pass : 0.025 mm
Cross feed for one pass : 1 – 2 mmGrindstone : A461V
Grinding fluid : Water soluble
grinding fluid
Fig.1
Fig. 2
n t: mm
Standard
dimension
Repair
limit
Flatness of cylinder block(for one cylinder)
0.05 0.10
Height of cylinder block d 430.5 ± 0.04 430.0
Roughness of top surface of
cylinder blockWithin 12.5 S
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 362/369
Repair and replacement of parts Correcting cylinder block top surface, counterbore
2. Grinding counterbore
• After grinding the top surface of the cylinder
block, measure the depth of the ounterbore.
If necessary, correct the counterbore depth f
within the repair limit.
a Guideline for correcting counterbore
• If it is not within the standard dimension.• If there are blackened portions on the
cylinder liner contact surface of the
counterbore (particularly in the front-to-
rear direction), or there is speckled wear,
and these portions extend over more
than half of the contact surface.
• After correcting, if the counterbore depth
is within 14.05 – 15.525 mm, combine
with shims and adjust so that the
cylinder liner protrusion is 0.07 – 0.15
mm.
Table 2
• For the machining amount for counterbore depth
f, decide an amount that will bring protrusion e
of the cylinder liner within the standard value.
• When grinding within the repair limit in cases
where the counterbore depth f exceeds the stan-
dard dimension, set the machining amount so
that one shim can be used for each cylinder as
shown in the table below.
Table 3 [Reference]
Adjustment shims for counterbore depth
Unit: mm
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Fig. 6
Part No. T tWeight
(kg)Remarks
6210-29-2260 1.50 0.025 0.023
6210-29-2250 0.80 0.025 0.012
6210-29-2240 0.50 0.025 0.008
6210-29-2230 0.26 0.025 0.004
6210-29-2220 0.20 0.020 0.003
6210-29-2210 0.16 0.016 0.002
Unit: mm
Standard
dimensionRepair limit
Counterbore depth f 11 12.525
Cylinder liner protrusion e — 0.07 – 0.15
Roughness of counterbore Within 12.5 S
Machined shape
In accordance with diagram
on right (detail diagram for
portion b)
+0.05+0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 363/369
Repair and replacement of parts Correcting cylinder block top surface, counterbore
• Use tool K when grinding the counterbore.
Fig. 7
Fig. 8
Fig. 9
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 364/369
Repair and replacement of parts Correcting cylinder block top surface, counterbore
3. Checking and distinguishing after grinding
and correcting
• After grinding and correcting, check for
scratches on the flat surface around the
water and oil holes in the cylinder block top
surface.
• Remove all burrs and flashes completely.• After grinding the top surface, if the cylinder
block height d exceeds the standard
dimension (430.5 ± 0.04 mm), but is within
the repair limit (430.46 – 430.10 mm),
always use an oversize head gasket.
Table 4
Unit: mm
a To distinguish, the letters [OS] are stamped on
the plate.
• After correcting, stamp the top surface of the
cylinder block (rear of left bank) according to the
nature of the correction as shown in the table
below.
Table 5
(Size of letters: 5 – 10 mm)
Fig. 10
Fig. 11
Head gasket Part No. Plate thickness
S.T.D. 6210-17-1813 2.0
Oversize 6210-19-1813 2.4
Oversize head
gasketShim Stamp
P a r t s
u s e d
f o r c o r r e c t i o n — — Not needed
Q — OS
— Q SH
Q Q WS
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 365/369
Repair and replacement of parts Correcting cylinder block top surface, counterbore
4. Procedure for coating cylinder block top sur-
face deck with gasket sealant
• When pulling out the cylinder liner and press fit-
ting it again, coat the cylinder block top surface
deck (the cylinder liner flange contact surface of
the cylinder block) with gasket sealant (LG-6) as
follows.Use the same procedure when using a shim for
the deck.
1) Use a cloth to wipe off all the dirt and oil
from the cylinder block top surface deck and
cylinder liner flange contact surface.
2) Coat the position marked in the diagram
with LG-6.
• Diameter of line of gasket sealant:
2 – 3 mm
• Overlap of beginning and end of sealant:
6 ± 6 mm
a When using shims for deck
• After coating the bottom of the shim
thinly with LG-6, install it to the deck
portion of the cylinder block.
• Next, coat with LG-6 in the same
way as when not using shims.
3) Press fit the liner in the cylinder block.When doing this, coat the cylinder block
contact surface of the seal and O-ring with a
small amount of engine oil (SAE30) immedi-
ately before press fitting the liner.
a Do not coat with engine oil until
immediately before press fitting the
cylinder liner.
4) After setting the cylinder liner in the cylinder block, assemble a used head gasket and
temporarily tighten the cylinder head.
When doing this, tighten in the tightening
order shown in the diagram on the right.
3 Tightening torque:
147 ± 10 Nm {15 ± 1 kgm}
Fig. 12
Fig. 13
Fig. 14
Fig. 15
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 366/369
Repair and replacement of parts Correcting cylinder block top surface, counterbore
5) Loosen the cylinder head mounting bolts,
remove the cylinder head, then wipe off the
excess gasket sealant that has come out
from the counterbore.
a The gasket sealant that comes out may
cause deformation of the head gasket
grommet, so always carry out Steps 4)and 5) without fail.
a After carrying out Steps 4) and 5), use a
new head gasket to install the cylinder
head.
5. Standard for rebuilding cylinder liner O-ring
portion of cylinder block
• If the bushing of the cylinder liner O-ring of
the cylinder block has been corrected, make
the finishing dimensions as follows.
a Concentricity of in relation to standard :
Max. 0.05 mm
Table 6
Unit: mm
Fig. 16
Fig. 17
Fig. 18
No. Finishing dimensions
ø167
ø161.45 ± 0.25
ø160.67 ± 0.064
176 ± 0.25
184.94 ± 0.18
ø158
ø159.03 (Gauge diameter)
+0.040+0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 367/369
Repair and replacement of parts Replacing main bearing cap
Replacing main bearing cap
• When replacing the main bearing cap, machine
the semi-finish product to the following dimen-
sions, then install.
Correction parts
1. Machining inside diameter of main bearing
cap
1) Remove the cylinder liner.
2) Install the replacement main bearing cap tothe cyl inder block, and t ighten to the
specified torque.
2 Main bearing cap mounting bolt:
Coat seat face of threaded
portion with engine oil
3 Main bearing cap mounting bolt:
Unit: Nm {kgm}
a Align the cylinder block and main
bearing cap notch.
3) Set a cylinder block mounting jig on the
table of a horizontal boring machine, fit the
cylinder liner mounting hole of the cylinder
block to the standard line on the jig, and
install the cylinder block.
4) Of the main bearing caps to be used again,take the one with the longest pitch and put a
dia l gauge in contact wi th the ins ide
diameter at two places to align the center of
the boring machine arbor.
Part No. Part Name
6215-29-1210 Main bearing caps other than No. 4, 7
6215-29-1230 No. 4 main bearing cap
6215-29-1250 No. 7 main bearing cap
Order Target Range
1st step 118 {12}108 – 128
{11 – 13}
2nd step 216 {22} 211 – 221{21.5 – 22.5}
3rd stepTighten a further
90°90°+30°
+0
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 368/369
Repair and replacement of parts Replacing main bearing cap
5) Check the machined inside diameter of
bearing cap (1) and grind a little at a time.
a Grind until the bit touches the inside
surface of cylinder block (2).
a Inside diameter of main bearing cap
i) Machining dimension
Tolerance: 127 mm
ii) Inside diameter of cap when main
bearing cap is tightened to specified
torque after machining
Tolerance: 127 mm
(Up-down range of 10° at mating
surface of main bearing cap)
a Finishing roughness: Within 10 S
a Do not grind the inside face of the
cylinder block.
2. Machining width of main bearing cap
(Only when machining No. 7 main bearing
cap)
1) Insert cast iron bushing , then pass arbor
through.
2) Install facing bit to the arbor.
3) Grind cap (1) until the bit touches the
cylinder block face.
4) Grind the opposite side in the same way.
a Roughness of thrust bearing mounting
surface: Within 12.5 S
a Do not grind the cylinder block.
a Width of main bearing cap
Tolerance: 43.970 – 44.000 mm
+0.025+0
+0.025 –0.010
8/17/2019 SAA6D140E-2 Series.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/saa6d140e-2-seriespdf 369/369
Komatsu America international Company
44
North Fairwav Drive
I
1
Vernon Hills, IL 66061-8112 U.S.A.
Attn: Technical Publications
1 PROPOSAL FOR MANUAL REVlslON 1
Fax No. 847) 970-4186
I
I
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY -- No. PMR
P 1 NAME OF COMPANY:
I
1
LOCATION:
PHONE NO:
DATE:
E
R NAME:
MANUAL NAME:
MANUAL NO:
MACHINE MODEL:
S/N IF APPLICABLE:
PAGE NO:
PROBLEM:
\ttach photo or sketch.
f more space is needed, use another sheet.
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
:ORRECTIVE ACTION: